Bug#621126: shadow [INTL:sv] Updated Swedish PO translation

2011-04-21 Thread Daniel Nylander

Yes, 19 strings left but I will complete it soon..

Daniel




-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#594241: apt [INTL:sv] Updated Swedish translation

2010-08-24 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: apt
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for apt.
Please commit.

Regards,
Daniel Nylander
Swedish Translator for Debian, Ubuntu and GNOME


apt.sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#592366: apt [INTL:sv] Updated Swedish translation

2010-08-09 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: apt
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for apt.
Please commit.

Regards,
Daniel Nylander
Swedish Translator for Debian, Ubuntu and GNOME


apt-0.7.25.3.sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#519018: ldm 2.0.38: Please update the PO translation for the package ldm

2009-03-28 Thread Daniel Nylander
On Fri, 27 Mar 2009 15:14:11 -0700, Vagrant Cascadian
vagr...@freegeek.org
wrote:
 Greetings,
 
 You are noted as the last translator of the translation for ldm. After
the
 recent round of updates, some changes were made that actually reduced the
 total
 number of strings, but one string was marked fuzzy as a result.

Here is the updated Swedish translation for ldm

Question: What does this string really mean? 

expect saw: %s


Regards,
Daniel# Swedish translation for ldm.
# Copyright (C) 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ldm package.
# Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se, 2008, 2009.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ldm\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sbaln...@ltsp.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-11 12:18-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-28 10:25+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se\n
Language-Team: Swedish tp...@listor.tp-sv.se\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../src/get_ip.c:74
msgid Out of memory
msgstr Slut på minne

#: ../src/get_ip.c:120
msgid No configured interface found\n
msgstr Inget konfigurerat gränssnitt hittades\n

#: ../src/ldm.c:171
#, c-format
msgid ldm_spawn failed to execute: %s
msgstr ldm_spawn misslyckades med att köra: %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:172
msgid Exiting ldm
msgstr Avslutar ldm

#: ../src/ldm.c:211
msgid waitid returned an error:
msgstr waitid returnerade ett fel:

#: ../src/ldm.c:223
#, c-format
msgid Unexpected terminated process: pid = %d
msgstr Oväntad terminerad process: pid = %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:231
#, c-format
msgid Process %d exited with status %d
msgstr Process %d avslutad med status %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:234
#, c-format
msgid Process %d killed by signal %d
msgstr Process %d dödad med signal %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:275
msgid ERROR: no Xsession
msgstr FEL: ingen Xsession

#. Get all info for autologin, without greeter
#: ../src/ldm.c:318
msgid Logging in as guest
msgstr Loggar in som gäst

#: ../src/ldm.c:422
#, c-format
msgid LDM2 running on ip address %s
msgstr LDM2 körs på ip-adressen %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:467
#, c-format
msgid Spawning greeter: %s
msgstr Startar hälsare: %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:475
#: ../src/ldm.c:481
#: ../src/ldm.c:486
#: ../src/ldm.c:490
#: ../src/ldm.c:494
#, c-format
msgid ERROR: %s from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: %s från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:504
msgid ERROR: no username
msgstr FEL: inget användarnamn

#: ../src/ldm.c:507
msgid ERROR: no password
msgstr FEL: inget lösenord

#: ../src/ldm.c:510
msgid ERROR: no server
msgstr FEL: ingen server

#: ../src/ldm.c:518
msgid Fatal error, missing mandatory information
msgstr Ödesdigert fel, saknar obligatorisk information

#: ../src/ldm.c:541
msgid Established ssh session.
msgstr Etablerar ssh-session.

#. x_session's exited.  So, clean up.
#: ../src/ldm.c:543
#: ../src/ldm.c:551
msgid Executing rc files.
msgstr Kör rc-filer.

#. Execute any rc files
#: ../src/ldm.c:545
msgid Beginning X session.
msgstr Påbörjar X-session.

#. Start X session up
#: ../src/ldm.c:547
msgid X session ended.
msgstr X-session avslutad.

#. Execute any rc files
#: ../src/ldm.c:554
msgid Ending ssh session.
msgstr Avslutar ssh-session.

#: ../src/sshutils.c:149
#, c-format
msgid expect saw: %s
msgstr förväntade: %s

#: ../src/sshutils.c:183
msgid Logged in successfully.\n
msgstr Inloggning lyckades.\n

#: ../src/sshutils.c:214
msgid No response from server, restarting...
msgstr Inget svar från server, startar om...

#: ../src/sshutils.c:216
msgid No response, restarting
msgstr Inget svar, startar om

#: ../src/sshutils.c:231
msgid login_tty failed
msgstr login_tty misslyckades

#: ../src/sshutils.c:283
#, c-format
msgid Shutting down ssh session: %s
msgstr Stänger av ssh-session: %s

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:63
msgid Username
msgstr Användarnamn

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:101
msgid Password
msgstr Lösenord

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:120
msgid bVerifying password.  Please wait./b
msgstr bValiderar lösenordet. Var god vänta./b

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:153
#, c-format
msgid Automatic login in %d seconds
msgstr Automatisk inloggning om %d sekunder

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:311
msgid Select _Language ...
msgstr Välj s_pråk ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:316
msgid Select _Session ...
msgstr Välj _session ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:321
msgid Select _Host ...
msgstr Välj _värd ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:326
msgid _Reboot
msgstr Starta _om

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:330
msgid Shut_down
msgstr Stäng _av

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:615
msgid Login as Guest
msgstr Logga in som gäst

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:111
#: ../gtkgreet/langwin.c:108
msgid Default
msgstr Standard

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:113
msgid Failsafe xterm
msgstr Felsäker xterm

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:136
msgid Change _Session
msgstr Byt _session

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:147
msgid Select your session manager:
msgstr Välj din sessionshanterare:

#: ../gtkgreet/hostwin.c:124
msgid Select the host for your

Bug#519018: ldm [INTL:sv] Swedish PO-template translation updated

2009-03-09 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ldm
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish PO translation for ldm

Regards,
Daniel
# Swedish translation for ldm.
# Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ldm package.
# Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se, 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ldm 2.0.0\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sbaln...@ltsp.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-24 00:25-0500\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-09 23:02+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se\n
Language-Team: Swedish tp...@listor.tp-sv.se\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../src/get_ip.c:51
msgid Out of memory
msgstr Slut på minne

#: ../src/get_ip.c:97
msgid No configured interface found\n
msgstr Inget konfigurerat gränssnitt hittades\n

#: ../src/ldm.c:157
#, c-format
msgid ldm_spawn failed to execute: %s
msgstr ldm_spawn misslyckades med att köra: %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:158
msgid Exiting ldm
msgstr Avslutar ldm

#: ../src/ldm.c:160
#, c-format
msgid ldm_spawn: pid = %d
msgstr ldm_spawn: pid = %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:197
msgid waitid returned an error:
msgstr waitid returnerade ett fel:

#: ../src/ldm.c:209
#, c-format
msgid Unexpected terminated process: pid = %d
msgstr Oväntad terminerad process: pid = %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:217
#, c-format
msgid Process %d exited with status %d
msgstr Process %d avslutad med status %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:220
#, c-format
msgid Process %d killed by signal %d
msgstr Process %d dödad med signal %d

#: ../src/ldm.c:239
#, c-format
msgid rc_files: %s
msgstr rc_files: %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:261
msgid ERROR: no Xsession
msgstr FEL: ingen Xsession

#. Get all info for autologin, without greeter
#: ../src/ldm.c:297
msgid Logging in as guest
msgstr Loggar in som gäst

#: ../src/ldm.c:401
#, c-format
msgid LDM2 running on ip address %s
msgstr LDM2 körs på ip-adressen %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:445
#, c-format
msgid Spawning greeter: %s
msgstr Startar hälsare: %s

#: ../src/ldm.c:453
msgid ERROR: get_userid from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_userid från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:459
msgid ERROR: get_passwd from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_passwd från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:464
msgid ERROR: get_host from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_host från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:468
msgid ERROR: get_language from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_language från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:472
msgid ERROR: get_session from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_session från hälsare misslyckades

#: ../src/ldm.c:482
msgid ERROR: no username
msgstr FEL: inget användarnamn

#: ../src/ldm.c:485
msgid ERROR: no password
msgstr FEL: inget lösenord

#: ../src/ldm.c:488
msgid ERROR: no server
msgstr FEL: ingen server

#: ../src/ldm.c:496
msgid Fatal error, missing mandatory information
msgstr Ödesdigert fel, saknar obligatorisk information

#: ../src/ldm.c:519
msgid Established ssh session.
msgstr Etablerar ssh-session.

#. x_session's exited.  So, clean up.
#: ../src/ldm.c:521
#: ../src/ldm.c:529
msgid Executing rc files.
msgstr Kör rc-filer.

#. Execute any rc files
#: ../src/ldm.c:523
msgid Beginning X session.
msgstr Påbörjar X-session.

#. Start X session up
#: ../src/ldm.c:525
msgid X session ended.
msgstr X-session avslutad.

#. Execute any rc files
#: ../src/ldm.c:532
msgid Ending ssh session.
msgstr Avslutar ssh-session.

#: ../src/sshutils.c:123
#, c-format
msgid expect saw: %s
msgstr 

#: ../src/sshutils.c:157
msgid Logged in successfully.\n
msgstr Inloggning lyckades.\n

#: ../src/sshutils.c:184
msgid No response from server, restarting...
msgstr Inget svar från server, startar om...

#: ../src/sshutils.c:186
msgid No response, restarting
msgstr Inget svar, startar om

#: ../src/sshutils.c:201
msgid login_tty failed
msgstr login_tty misslyckades

#: ../src/sshutils.c:225
#, c-format
msgid ssh_session: %s
msgstr ssh_session: %s

#: ../src/sshutils.c:250
#, c-format
msgid Shutting down ssh session: %s
msgstr Stänger av ssh-session: %s

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:33
msgid Username
msgstr Användarnamn

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:71
msgid Password
msgstr Lösenord

#: ../src/greeter_iface.c:90
msgid bVerifying password.  Please wait./b
msgstr bValiderar lösenordet. Var god vänta./b

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:122
#, c-format
msgid Automatic login in %d seconds
msgstr Automatisk inloggning om %d sekunder

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:255
msgid Select _Language ...
msgstr Välj s_pråk ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:260
msgid Select _Session ...
msgstr Välj _session ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:265
msgid Select _Host ...
msgstr Välj _värd ...

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:270
msgid _Reboot
msgstr Starta _om

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:274
msgid Shut_down
msgstr Stäng _av

#: ../gtkgreet/greeter.c:559
msgid Login as Guest
msgstr Logga in som gäst

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:90
#: ../gtkgreet/langwin.c:84
msgid Default
msgstr Standard

#: ../gtkgreet/sesswin.c:92
msgid Failsafe

Bug#518070: apt: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2009-03-03 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: apt
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for apt

Regards,
Daniel


apt_0.7.20.2_sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#517505: adduser: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2009-02-28 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: adduser
Version: 3.110
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for adduser

Regards,
Daniel
# Swedish translation of adduser.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the adduser package.
# Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se, 2006, 2009.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: adduser 3.110\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: adduser-de...@lists.alioth.debian.org\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-10 22:35+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 11:17+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se\n
Language-Team: Swedish tp...@listor.tp-sv.se\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. everyone can issue --help and --version, but only root can go on
#: ../adduser:136
msgid Only root may add a user or group to the system.\n
msgstr Endast root får lägga till användare eller grupper i systemet.\n

#: ../adduser:162
#: ../deluser:133
msgid Only one or two names allowed.\n
msgstr Endast ett eller två namn tillåts.\n

#. must be addusertogroup
#: ../adduser:167
msgid Specify only one name in this mode.\n
msgstr Ange endast ett namn i detta läge.\n

#: ../adduser:183
msgid The --group, --ingroup, and --gid options are mutually exclusive.\n
msgstr Flaggorna --group, --ingroup och --gid är ömsesidigt exklusiva.\n

#: ../adduser:188
msgid The home dir must be an absolute path.\n
msgstr Hemkatalogen måste vara en absolut sökväg.\n

#: ../adduser:192
#, perl-format
msgid Warning: The home dir %s you specified already exists.\n
msgstr Varning: Hemkatalogen %s som du angav finns redan.\n

#: ../adduser:194
#, perl-format
msgid Warning: The home dir %s you specified can't be accessed: %s\n
msgstr Varning: Hemkatalogen %s som du angav kan inte kommas åt: %s\n

#: ../adduser:256
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' already exists as a system group. Exiting.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ finns redan som en systemgrupp. Avslutar.\n

#: ../adduser:262
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' already exists and is not a system group. Exiting.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ finns redan och är inte en systemgrupp. Avslutar.\n

#: ../adduser:268
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' already exists, but has a different GID. Exiting.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ finns redan men har ett annat gid. Avslutar.\n

#: ../adduser:272
#: ../adduser:302
#, perl-format
msgid The GID `%s' is already in use.\n
msgstr Gid \%s\ används redan.\n

#: ../adduser:280
#, perl-format
msgid No GID is available in the range %d-%d (FIRST_SYS_GID - LAST_SYS_GID).\n
msgstr Inget gid är tillgängligt i intervallet %d-%d (FIRST_SYS_GID - LAST_SYS_GID).\n

#: ../adduser:281
#: ../adduser:311
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' was not created.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ skapades inte.\n

#: ../adduser:286
#: ../adduser:315
#, perl-format
msgid Adding group `%s' (GID %d) ...\n
msgstr Lägger till gruppen \%s\ (gid %d) ...\n

#: ../adduser:291
#: ../adduser:320
#: ../adduser:345
#: ../deluser:361
#: ../deluser:398
#: ../deluser:435
msgid Done.\n
msgstr Klar.\n

#: ../adduser:300
#: ../adduser:778
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' already exists.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ finns redan.\n

#: ../adduser:310
#, perl-format
msgid No GID is available in the range %d-%d (FIRST_GID - LAST_GID).\n
msgstr Inget gid är tillgängligt i intervallet %d-%d (FIRST_GID - LAST_GID).\n

#: ../adduser:329
#: ../deluser:228
#: ../deluser:407
#, perl-format
msgid The user `%s' does not exist.\n
msgstr Användaren \%s\ finns inte.\n

#: ../adduser:331
#: ../adduser:577
#: ../adduser:785
#: ../deluser:369
#: ../deluser:410
#, perl-format
msgid The group `%s' does not exist.\n
msgstr Gruppen \%s\ finns inte.\n

#: ../adduser:334
#: ../adduser:581
#, perl-format
msgid The user `%s' is already a member of `%s'.\n
msgstr Användaren \%s\ är redan medlem av \%s\.\n

#: ../adduser:339
#: ../adduser:587
#, perl-format
msgid Adding user `%s' to group `%s' ...\n
msgstr Lägger till användaren \%s\ till gruppen \%s\ ...\n

#: ../adduser:359
#, perl-format
msgid The system user `%s' already exists. Exiting.\n
msgstr Systemanvändaren \%s\ finns redan. Avslutar.\n

#: ../adduser:362
#, perl-format
msgid The user `%s' already exists. Exiting.\n
msgstr Användaren \%s\ finns redan. Avslutar.\n

#: ../adduser:366
#, perl-format
msgid The user `%s' already exists with a different UID. Exiting.\n
msgstr Användaren \%s\ finns redan med ett annat uid. Avslutar.\n

# Samma sak med denna
#: ../adduser:380
#, perl-format
msgid No UID/GID pair is available in the range %d-%d (FIRST_SYS_UID - LAST_SYS_UID).\n
msgstr Inga uid/gid-par är tillgängliga i intervallet %d-%d (FIRST_SYS_UID - LAST_SYS_UID).\n

#: ../adduser:381
#: ../adduser:393
#: ../adduser:473
#: ../adduser:485
#, perl-format
msgid The user `%s' was not created.\n
msgstr Användaren \%s\ skapades inte.\n

#: ../adduser:392
#, perl-format
msgid No UID is available in the range %d-%d (FIRST_SYS_UID - LAST_SYS_UID).\n
msgstr

Bug#517508: gdebi: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2009-02-28 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gdebi
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for gdebi

Regards,
Daniel
# Swedish translation for gdebi.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gdebi package.
# Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se, 2006, 2009.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gdebi 0.3.11\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sebastian.heinl...@web.de\n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-10-04 18:25+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 11:27+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se\n
Language-Team: Swedish tp...@listor.tp-sv.se\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../gdebi:47
#, c-format
msgid 
usage: %prog [options] filename\n
For a graphical version run gdebi-gtk\n
msgstr 
användning: %prog [flaggor] filnamn\n
Kör gdebi-gtk för en grafisk version\n

#: ../gdebi:53
#: ../gdebi-gtk:55
msgid Run non-interactive (dangerous!)
msgstr Kör icke-interaktivt (farligt!)

#: ../gdebi:57
msgid Set an APT configuration option
msgstr Ställ in en APT-konfigurationsflagga

#: ../gdebi:61
msgid Do not show progress information
msgstr Visa inte förloppsinformation

#: ../gdebi:65
msgid Simulate only and print a apt-get install compatible line to stderr
msgstr Simulera endast och skriva ut en rad kompatibel med apt-get install till standard fel

#: ../gdebi:67
msgid Use alternative root dir
msgstr Använd alternativ rotkatalog

#: ../gdebi:75
#, c-format
msgid gdebi error, file not found: %s\n
msgstr gdebi-fel, filen hittades inte: %s\n

#: ../gdebi:94
#: ../gdebi:104
msgid Need to be root to install packages
msgstr Behöver vara root för att installera paket

#: ../gdebi:106
#: ../GDebi/GDebiCli.py:138
msgid Do you want to install the software package? [y/N]:
msgstr Vill du installera programpaketet? [j/N]:

#: ../gdebi:110
msgid Y
msgstr J

#: ../gdebi-gtk:67
msgid Software index is broken
msgstr Programindexet är trasigt

#: ../gdebi-gtk:68
msgid This is a major failure of your software management system. Please check for broken packages with synaptic, check the file permissions and correctness of the file '/etc/apt/sources.list' and reload the software information with: 'sudo apt-get update' and 'sudo apt-get install -f'.
msgstr Detta är ett stort fel i ditt programhanteringssystem. Leta efter trasiga paket med Synaptic, kontrollera filrättigheter och dess korrekthet i filen \/etc/apt/sources.list\ och läs om programinformationen med: \sudo apt-get update\ och \sudo apt-get install -f\.

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:1
msgid   
msgstr   

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:2
msgid (c) 2005-2006 Canonical
msgstr © 2005-2006 Canonical

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:3
msgid bbig   /big/b
msgstr bbig   /big/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:4
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:70
msgid bMaintainer:/b
msgstr bAnsvarig:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:5
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:71
msgid bPriority:/b
msgstr bPrioritet:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:6
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:72
msgid bSection:/b
msgstr bSektion:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:7
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:73
msgid bSize:/b
msgstr bStorlek:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:8
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:209
msgid bTo install the following changes are required:/b
msgstr bFör att installera krävs följande ändringar:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:9
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:69
msgid bVersion:/b
msgstr bVersion:/b

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:10
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:64
msgid Description
msgstr Beskrivning

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:11
msgid Description:
msgstr Beskrivning:

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:12
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:63
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:65
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:210
msgid Details
msgstr Detaljer

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:13
msgid GPL, see /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL
msgstr GPL, se /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:14
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:66
msgid Included Files
msgstr Inkluderade filer

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:15
#: ../data/gdebi.desktop.in.h:2
msgid Install and view software packages
msgstr Installera och visa programpaket

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:16
#: ../data/gdebi.desktop.in.h:3
msgid Package Installer
msgstr Paketinstallerare

#. first, we load all the default descriptions -- pyuic doesn't use
#. gettext as default
#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:17
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:61
msgid Package:
msgstr Paket:

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:18
#: ../GDebi/GDebiKDE.py:62
msgid Status:
msgstr Status:

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:19
msgid Terminal
msgstr Terminal

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:20
msgid _Details
msgstr _Detaljer

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:21
msgid _File
msgstr _Arkiv

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:22
msgid _Help
msgstr _Hjälp

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:23
#: ../GDebi/GDebi.py:230
#: ../GDebi/GDebi.py:269
msgid _Install Package
msgstr _Installera paket

#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:24
msgid gdebi
msgstr gdebi

#. TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.
#: ../data/gdebi.glade.h:26
msgid translator-credits
msgstr 
Christian

Bug#517512: eject: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2009-02-28 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: eject
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish translation for eject

Regards,
Daniel
# Swedish translation of eject.
# Copyright (C) 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se, 2005, 2009.
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: eject 2.1.5\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-04 23:19+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-28 11:32+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander p...@danielnylander.se\n
Language-Team: Swedish tp...@listor.tp-sv.se\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../eject.c:155
#, c-format
msgid 
Eject version %s by Jeff Tranter (tran...@pobox.com)\n
Usage:\n
  eject -h\t\t\t\t-- display command usage and exit\n
  eject -V\t\t\t\t-- display program version and exit\n
  eject [-vnrsfqpm] [name]\t\t-- eject device\n
  eject [-vn] -d\t\t\t-- display default device\n
  eject [-vn] -a on|off|1|0 [name]\t-- turn auto-eject feature on or off\n
  eject [-vn] -c slot [name]\t-- switch discs on a CD-ROM changer\n
  eject [-vn] -t [name]\t\t-- close tray\n
  eject [-vn] -T [name]\t\t-- toggle tray\n
  eject [-vn] -i on|off|1|0 [name]\t-- toggle manual eject protection on/off\n
  eject [-vn] -x speed [name]\t-- set CD-ROM max speed\n
  eject [-vn] -X [name]\t\t-- list CD-ROM available speeds\n
Options:\n
  -v\t-- enable verbose output\n
  -n\t-- don't eject, just show device found\n
  -r\t-- eject CD-ROM\n
  -s\t-- eject SCSI device\n
  -f\t-- eject floppy\n
  -q\t-- eject tape\n
  -p\t-- use /proc/mounts instead of /etc/mtab\n
  -m\t-- do not unmount device even if it is mounted\n
msgstr 
Eject version %s av Jeff Tranter (tran...@pobox.com)\n
Användning:\n
  eject -h\t\t\t\t-- visar användning av kommandon och avslutar\n
  eject -V\t\t\t\t-- visar programversion och avslutar\n
  eject [-vnrsfqpm] [namn]\t\t-- matar ut enhet\n
  eject [-vn] -d\t\t\t-- visar standardenhet\n
  eject [-vn] -a on|off|1|0 [namn]\t-- automatisk utmatning (on/off)\n
  eject [-vn] -c slot [namn]\t-- byter skivor för cd-växlare\n
  eject [-vn] -t [namn]\t\t-- stänger luckan\n
  eject [-vn] -T [namn]\t\t-- växla lucka (öppna/stäng)\n
  eject [-vn] -i on|off|1|0 [namn]\t-- växla manuellt utmatningsskydd\n
  eject [-vn] -x hastighet [namn]\t-- sätter maxhastighet för cd-rom\n
  eject [-vn] -X [namn]\t\t-- listar tillgängliga hastigheter för cd-rom\n
Flaggor:\n
  -v\t-- aktivera informativ utskrivning\n
  -n\t-- mata inte ut, visa bara om enhet hittades\n
  -r\t-- mata ut cd-rom\n
  -s\t-- mata ut SCSI-enhet\n
  -f\t-- mata ut floppy\n
  -q\t-- mata ut band\n
  -p\t-- använd /proc/mounts istället för /etc/mtab\n
  -m\t-- avmontera inte enhet även om den är monterad\n

#: ../eject.c:187
#, c-format
msgid 
Long options:\n
  -h --help   -v --verbose  -d --default\n
  -a --auto   -c --changerslot  -t --trayclose  -x --cdspeed\n
  -r --cdrom  -s --scsi -f --floppy -X --listspeed -q --tape\n
  -n --noop   -V --version\n
  -p --proc   -m --no-unmount   -T --traytoggle\n
msgstr 
Flaggor med hela namn:\n
  -h --help   -v --verbose  -d --default\n
  -a --auto   -c --changerslot  -t --trayclose  -x --cdspeed\n
  -r --cdrom  -s --scsi -f --floppy -X --listspeed -q --tape\n
  -n --noop   -V --version\n
  -p --proc   -m --no-unmount   -T --traytoggle\n

#: ../eject.c:206
#, c-format
msgid 
Parameter name can be a device file or a mount point.\n
If omitted, name defaults to `%s'.\n
By default tries -r, -s, -f, and -q in order until success.\n
msgstr 
Parametern namn kan vara en enhetsfil eller en monteringspunkt.\n
Om utelämnad sätts namnet till \%s\.\n
Som standard provas -r, -s, -f och -q i ordning fram till det lyckas.\n

#: ../eject.c:262
#, c-format
msgid %s: invalid argument to --auto/-a option\n
msgstr %s: ogiltigt argument till flaggan --auto/-a\n

#: ../eject.c:274
#, c-format
msgid %s: invalid argument to --changerslot/-c option\n
msgstr %s: ogiltigt argument till flaggan --changerslot/-c\n

#: ../eject.c:286
#, c-format
msgid %s: invalid argument to --cdspeed/-x option\n
msgstr %s: ogiltigt argument till flaggan --cdspeed/-x\n

#: ../eject.c:312
#, c-format
msgid %s: invalid argument to -i option\n
msgstr %s: ogiltigt argument till flaggan -i\n

#: ../eject.c:347
#, c-format
msgid eject version %s by Jeff Tranter (tran...@pobox.com)\n
msgstr eject version %s av Jeff Tranter (tran...@pobox.com)\n

#: ../eject.c:357
#, c-format
msgid %s: too many arguments\n
msgstr %s: för många argument\n

#: ../eject.c:436
#: ../eject.c:1064
#: ../eject.c:1268
#, c-format
msgid %s: could not allocate memory\n
msgstr %s: kunde inte allokera minne\n

#: ../eject.c:441
#, c-format
msgid %s: FindDevice called too often\n
msgstr %s: FindDevice startad för ofta\n

#: ../eject.c:539
#, c-format
msgid %s: CD-ROM auto-eject command failed: %s\n
msgstr %s: Cd-rom-kommando för automatisk utmatning misslyckades: %s\n

#: ../eject.c:556
#, c-format
msgid %s: CD-ROM select disc

Bug#515917: Campaign for HPLIP translations

2009-02-20 Thread Daniel Nylander

Dear Debian i18n,

We (me, Gabor Keleman etc) have some issues contributing translations
for the HPLIP Project.

HPLIP is an essential desktop application which should be translated.
Unfortunately, the HPLIP devs doesn't seem to value these contributions.
Unless they start to accept l10n efforts, we need to start package
'unofficial' translations downstream (i.e Debian).


https://bugs.launchpad.net/hplip/+bug/270684

https://answers.launchpad.net/hplip/+question/21016

https://answers.launchpad.net/hplip/+question/20692

http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=515917

(HPLIP uses Launchpad for bug tracking)

Regards,
Daniel Nylander
Swedish Open Source Translator





-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#510206: mailman: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf translation

2008-12-30 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: mailman
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for mailman

Regards,
Daniel


mailman.sv.po
Description: application/po


Bug#510206: two Swedish translations for mailman

2008-12-30 Thread Daniel Nylander
tis 2008-12-30 klockan 21:55 +0100 skrev Thijs Kinkhorst:

 I received two different translations for Swedish from the both of you. Thank 
 you for your hard work, but I cannot decide which one to take because I do 
 not speak a lot of Swedish. If you could let me know which one to take, or 
 produce a merged version, I'd be very grateful.
 
 Meanwhile I'll take Daniel's one, being the last translator of the file.

Yeah, please do. Sorry for the inconvenience. Martin will be the main
Swedish debconf translator from now on.

Regards,
Daniel






-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to debian-bugs-dist-requ...@lists.debian.org
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact listmas...@lists.debian.org



Bug#332782: License

2008-09-03 Thread Daniel Nylander
I allow that my contribution to the Debian GNU/Linux release
notes can be distributed under any DFSG-free license.

Regards,
Daniel Nylander





-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#492032: debian-edu-install: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2008-07-23 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: debian-edu-install
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish translation for debian-edu-install

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.16
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash


debian-edu-install.sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#490155: [INTL:sv] Updated swedish strings for win32-loader

2008-07-10 Thread Daniel Nylander
tor 2008-07-10 klockan 17:57 +0200 skrev Martin Bagge:

  The copyright line looks wrong;  I assume you want to put yourself there
  (unless you did this work under contract).  Is that right?
 
 Those lines don't show up in my editor so I haven't seen them.
 I took the file from d-i on alioth and continued, I am not familiar with 
 how this has been done in the past. From my point of view it could be 
 changed but it could also just be left as is.

Always put yourself in the boiler plate. You need a texteditor for that
(poedit/kbabel can't change that).

Daniel





-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#474005: ldm: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2008-04-02 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ldm
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for ldm

Regards,
Daniel Nylander
Stockholm, Sweden

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.16
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for ldm.
# Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ldm package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2008.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ldm 2.0.0\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-01 01:12+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-02 17:39+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: src/ldm.c:138
msgid Error: wait() call failed
msgstr Fel: wait() anrop misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:420
msgid Couldn't open /var/log/ldm.log
msgstr Kunde inte öppna /var/log/ldm.log

#: src/ldm.c:492
msgid ERROR: get_userid from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_userid från hälsare misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:496
msgid ERROR: get_passwd from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_passwd från hälsare misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:499
msgid ERROR: get_host from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_host från hälsare misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:502
msgid ERROR: get_language from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_language från hälsare misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:505
msgid ERROR: get_session from greeter failed
msgstr FEL: get_session från hälsare misslyckades

#: src/ldm.c:514
msgid ERROR: username variable empty
msgstr FEL: variabeln username är tom

#: src/ldm.c:518
msgid ERROR: password variable empty
msgstr FEL: variabeln password är tom

#: src/ldm.c:522
msgid ERROR: server variable empty
msgstr FEL: variabeln server är tom

#: src/ldm.c:528
msgid Fatal error, missing mandatory information
msgstr Ödesdigert fel, saknar obligatorisk information

#: src/sshutils.c:171
msgid bVerifying password, please wait.../b
msgstr bValiderar lösenordet, vänta.../b

#: src/sshutils.c:184
msgid This workstation isn't authorized to connect to server
msgstr Denna arbetsstation är inte behörig att ansluta till servern

#: src/sshutils.c:186
msgid Terminal not authorized, run ltsp-update-sshkeys\n
msgstr Terminalen är inte behörig, kör ltsp-update-sshkeys\n

#: src/sshutils.c:191
msgid Unexpected text from ssh session.  Exiting\n
msgstr Oväntad text från ssh-session.  Avslutar\n

#: src/sshutils.c:204
msgid bPassword incorrect./b
msgstr bFelaktigt lösenord./b

#: src/sshutils.c:208
msgid User failed password. Restarting\n
msgstr Användaren misslyckades med lösenordet. Startar om\n

#: src/sshutils.c:212
msgid bLogin failed!/b
msgstr bInloggningen misslyckades!/b

#: src/sshutils.c:214
msgid User failed login.  Restarting\n
msgstr Användarinloggning misslyckades.  Startar om\n

#: src/sshutils.c:224
msgid Your password has expired.  Please enter a new one.
msgstr Ditt lösenord har gått ut.  Ange ett nytt lösenord.

#: src/sshutils.c:231
msgid Please enter your password again to verify.
msgstr Ange ditt lösenord igen för verifiering.

#: src/sshutils.c:239
msgid Your passwords didn't match.  Try again. Please enter a password.
msgstr Dina lösenord stämde inte överens.  Försök igen. Ange ett lösenord.

#: src/sshutils.c:269
msgid Password not updated.
msgstr Lösenordet uppdaterades inte.

#: src/sshutils.c:271
msgid Password couldn't be updated.
msgstr Lösenordet kunde inte uppdateras.

#: src/greeter_iface.c:44
msgid Exiting ldm\n
msgstr Avslutar ldm\n

#: src/greeter_iface.c:77
msgid Username
msgstr Användarnamn

#: src/greeter_iface.c:106
msgid Password
msgstr Lösenord

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:211
msgid Select _Language ...
msgstr Välj s_pråk ...

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:216
msgid Select _Session ...
msgstr Välj _session ...

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:221
msgid Select _Host ...
msgstr Välj _värd ...

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:226
msgid _Reboot
msgstr Starta _om

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:230
msgid Shut_down
msgstr Stäng _av

#: gtkgreet/greeter.c:414
msgid Login as Guest
msgstr Logga in som gäst

#: gtkgreet/sesswin.c:90
#: gtkgreet/langwin.c:84
msgid Default
msgstr Standard

#: gtkgreet/sesswin.c:92
msgid Failsafe xterm
msgstr Felsäker xterm

#: gtkgreet/sesswin.c:115
msgid Change _Session
msgstr Byt _session

#: gtkgreet/sesswin.c:126
msgid Select your session manager:
msgstr Välj din sessionshanterare:

#: gtkgreet/hostwin.c:104
msgid Select the host for your session to use:
msgstr Välj värden att använda för din session:

#: gtkgreet/langwin.c:107
msgid Change _Language
msgstr Byt sp_råk

#: gtkgreet/langwin.c:118
msgid Select the language for your session to use:
msgstr Välj språket att använda för din session:



Bug#470379: apt-show-versions: [INTL:sv] Swedish manpage translation updated

2008-03-10 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: apt-show-versions
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish manpage for apt-show-versions

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.16
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages apt-show-versions depends on:
ii  apt   0.7.11 Advanced front-end for dpkg
ii  perl  5.8.8-12   Larry Wall's Practical Extraction 

apt-show-versions recommends no packages.


apt-show-versions.sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#449026: gnumeric: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-11-02 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gnumeric
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for gnumeric

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages gnumeric depends on:
ii  debconf [debc 1.5.16 Debian configuration management sy
ii  gconf22.20.0-1   GNOME configuration database syste
ii  gnumeric-comm 1.7.13-1   common files for Gnumeric, the GNO
ii  gsfonts   1:8.11+urwcyr1.0.7~pre41-3 Fonts for the Ghostscript interpre
ii  libart-2.0-2  2.3.19-3   Library of functions for 2D graphi
ii  libatk1.0-0   1.20.0-1   The ATK accessibility toolkit
ii  libbonobo2-0  2.20.1-1   Bonobo CORBA interfaces library
ii  libbonoboui2- 2.20.0-1   The Bonobo UI library
ii  libc6 2.6.1-6GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libcairo2 1.4.10-1   The Cairo 2D vector graphics libra
ii  libfontconfig 2.4.2-1.4  generic font configuration library
ii  libgconf2-4   2.20.0-1   GNOME configuration database syste
ii  libglade2-0   1:2.6.2-1  library to load .glade files at ru
ii  libglib2.0-0  2.14.2-1   The GLib library of C routines
ii  libgnome2-0   2.20.1.1-1 The GNOME 2 library - runtime file
ii  libgnomecanva 2.20.1.1-1 A powerful object-oriented display
ii  libgnomeui-0  2.20.1.1-1 The GNOME 2 libraries (User Interf
ii  libgnomevfs2- 1:2.20.0-3 GNOME Virtual File System (runtime
ii  libgoffice-0- 0.5.1-1Document centric objects library -
ii  libgsf-1-114  1.14.7-1   Structured File Library - runtime 
ii  libgsf-gnome- 1.14.7-1   Structured File Library - runtime 
ii  libgtk2.0-0   2.12.1-1   The GTK+ graphical user interface 
ii  libice6   2:1.0.4-1  X11 Inter-Client Exchange library
ii  liborbit2 1:2.14.7-0.1   libraries for ORBit2 - a CORBA ORB
ii  libpango1.0-0 1.18.3-1   Layout and rendering of internatio
ii  libpopt0  1.10-3 lib for parsing cmdline parameters
ii  libsm62:1.0.3-1+b1   X11 Session Management library
ii  libx11-6  2:1.0.3-7  X11 client-side library
ii  libxcomposite 1:0.3.2-1+b1   X11 Composite extension library
ii  libxcursor1   1:1.1.9-1  X cursor management library
ii  libxdamage1   1:1.1.1-3  X11 damaged region extension libra
ii  libxext6  1:1.0.3-2  X11 miscellaneous extension librar
ii  libxfixes31:4.0.3-2  X11 miscellaneous 'fixes' extensio
ii  libxi62:1.1.3-1  X11 Input extension library
ii  libxinerama1  1:1.0.2-1  X11 Xinerama extension library
ii  libxml2   2.6.30.dfsg-2  GNOME XML library
ii  libxrandr22:1.2.2-1  X11 RandR extension library
ii  libxrender1   1:0.9.4-1  X Rendering Extension client libra
ii  procps1:3.2.7-5  /proc file system utilities
ii  zlib1g1:1.2.3.3.dfsg-6   compression library - runtime

Versions of packages gnumeric recommends:
ii  evince0.8.3-1Document (postscript, pdf) viewer

-- debconf information excluded
# Swedish translation for gnumeric debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnumeric package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gnumeric 1.6.2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Source: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-02 12:26+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-02 13:30+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnumeric.templates:2001
msgid Really upgrade gnumeric?
msgstr Verkligen uppgradera gnumeric?

#| msgid 
#| It appears there is an instance of gnumeric running currently. If you 
#| upgrade gnumeric now, that instance may not be able to save its data 
#| anymore.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnumeric.templates:2001
msgid An instance of gnumeric is currently running. If you upgrade now, it may 
no longer be able to save its data.
msgstr En instans av gnumeric körs för närvarande. Om du uppgraderar gnumeric 
nu kommer den instansen inte att kunna spara sitt data.

#| msgid 
#| You are strongly recommended to close the running

Bug#447125: ltsp: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-10-18 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ltsp
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for ltsp

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for ltsp debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ltsp package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ltsp\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-17 23:50-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-18 10:10+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
msgid Set up an LTSP chroot environment?
msgstr Konfigurera en chroot-miljö för LTSP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
msgid Please choose whether you want to set up an LTSP chroot environment on 
this machine, to act as a thin client server.
msgstr Välj huruvida du vill konfigurera en chroot-miljö för LTSP på den här 
maskinen som fungerar som en server för tunna klienter.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Item in the main menu to select this package
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:3001
msgid Build LTSP chroot
msgstr Bygg chroot för LTSP

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:4001
msgid Building thin client system...
msgstr Bygger system för tunna klienter...

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:5001
msgid Compressing thin client image...
msgstr Komprimerar avbild för tunna klienter...

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid No interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration
msgstr Inget nätverksgränssnitt för LTSP:s dhcpd-konfiguration

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP server. Please 
manually configure the /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf file to point to a valid static 
interface after the installation has completed.
msgstr Det finns inga lediga nätverksgränssnitt att använda för LTSP-servern. 
Konfigurera filen /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf manuellt till att peka på ett giltigt 
statiskt nätverksgränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:8001
msgid Interface for the thin client network:
msgstr Nätverksgränssnitt för tunna klient-nätverket:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:8001
msgid Please choose which of this system's multiple spare interfaces should be 
used for the thin client.
msgstr Välj vilka av systemets flera olika reservgränssnitt som ska användas 
för den tunna klienten.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid Installation aborted
msgstr Installationen avbröts 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid The ltsp-client package provides the basic structure for an LTSP 
terminal. It cannot be installed on a regular machine.
msgstr Paketet ltsp-client tillhandahåller den grundläggande strukturen för en 
LTSP-terminal. Det kan inte installeras på en vanlig maskin.

#~ msgid Building LTSP chroot...
#~ msgstr Bygger chroot för LTSP...
#~ msgid 
#~ The ltsp-client package cannot be installed in a regular machine. This 
#~ package provides the basic structure for a LTSP terminal.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Paketet ltsp-client kan inte installeras på en vanlig maskin. Det här 
#~ paketet tillhandahåller grundläggande struktur för en LTSP-terminal.
#~ msgid Please read the package description to understand what it means.
#~ msgstr Läs paketbeskrivningen för att förstå vad det betyder.



Bug#446761: uw-imap: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-10-15 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: uw-imap
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for uw-imap

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: uw-imap\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-15 07:19+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-15 15:17+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid Server ports and protocols to support:
msgstr Serverportar och protokoll att ge stöd för:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid Please choose the server ports and protocols to activate.
msgstr Välj serverportarna och protokollen att aktivera.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid 
 pop3:  POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support;\n
 pop3s: POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support;\n
 pop2:  (obsolete) POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support.
msgstr 
 pop3:  POP 3 på TCP-port 110 med TLS-stöd;\n
 pop3s: POP 3 på TCP-port 995 med SSL-stöd;\n
 pop2:  (föråldrad) POP 2 på TCP-port 109 med TLS-stöd.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid It is recommended to activate both pop3 and pop3s.
msgstr Det är rekommenderat att aktivera både pop3 och pop3s.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:2001
msgid As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local 
changes, you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration 
again with 'dpkg-reconfigure ipopd'.
msgstr Eftersom val av portar och protokoll kan åsidosättas av lokala 
ändringar, kan du behöva tvinga igenom valet och köra paketkonfigurationen igen 
med \dpkg-reconfigure ipopd\.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid Enforce port selection?
msgstr Framtvinga portval?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001
msgid The ipopd daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports.
msgstr Demonen ipopd har stöd för att lyssna på flera portar samtidigt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ipopd.templates:3001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid As the ports and protocols choice may have been overridden by local 
changes, you may need to enforce the choice and run the package configuration 
again with 'dpkg-reconfigure uw-imapd'.
msgstr Eftersom val av portar och protokoll kan åsidosättas av lokala 
ändringar, kan du behöva tvinga igenom valet och köra paketkonfigurationen igen 
med \dpkg-reconfigure uw-imapd\.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid 
 imap2: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 143 with TLS support;\n
 imaps: IMAP 4rev1 on TCP port 993 with SSL support;\n
 imap3: (obsolete) IMAP 3 on TCP port 220 with TLS support.
msgstr 
 imap2: IMAP 4rev1 på TCP-port 143 med TLS-stöd;\n
 imaps: IMAP 4rev1 på TCP-port 993 med SSL-stöd;\n
 imap3: (föråldrad) IMAP 3 på TCP-port 220 med TLS-stöd.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:2001
msgid It is recommended to activate both imap2 and imaps.
msgstr Det är rekommenderat att aktivera både imap2 och imaps.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../uw-imapd.templates:3001
msgid The uw-imap daemon supports listening simultaneously on several ports.
msgstr Demonen uw-imap har stöd för att lyssna på flera portar samtidigt.

#~ msgid pop2 =  POP 2 on TCP port 109 with TLS support.  This is obsolete.
#~ msgstr pop2 =  POP 2 på TCP port 109 med TLS-stöd.  Denna är föråldrad.
#~ msgid pop3  = POP 3 on TCP port 110 with TLS support.
#~ msgstr pop3  = POP 3 på TCP port 110 med TLS-stöd.
#~ msgid pop3s = POP 3 on TCP port 995 with SSL support.
#~ msgstr pop3s = POP 3 på TCP port 995 med SSL-stöd.
#~ msgid If in doubt, choose pop3 and pop3s.
#~ msgstr Om du är osäker, välj pop3 och pop3s.

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid 
#~ By default the port selection is respected only on initial installs, and 
#~ is ignored on later updates

Bug#445948: menu: [INTL:sv] Updated Swedish translation

2007-10-09 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: menu
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish translation for menu

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages menu depends on:
ii  dpkg  1.14.6 package maintenance system for Deb
ii  libc6 2.6.1-5GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libgcc1   1:4.2.1-6  GCC support library
ii  libstdc++64.2.1-6The GNU Standard C++ Library v3

menu recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information
# Swedish translation of menu messages.
# Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007 Debian menu team
# This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
# Jens Arvidsson [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2004.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: menu 2.1.30\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-05 07:30+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-09 10:50+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../install-menu/functions.cc:92
msgid Zero-size argument to print function.
msgstr Argument för utskriftsfunktion har nollstorlek.

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:202
msgid install-menu: checking directory %1\n
msgstr install-menu: kontrollerar katalogen %1\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:215
msgid install-menu: creating directory %1:\n
msgstr install-menu: skapar katalogen %1:\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:217
msgid Could not create directory(%1): %2
msgstr Kunde inte skapa katalog(%1): %2

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:219
msgid Could not change directory(%1): %2
msgstr Kunde inte ändra katalog(%1): %2

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:222
msgid install-menu: directory %1 already exists\n
msgstr install-menu: katalogen %1 finns redan\n

#. Do not translate supported
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:447
msgid install-menu: [supported]: name=%1\n
msgstr install-menu: [stöds]: namn=%1\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:464
msgid Menu entry lacks mandatory field \%1\.\n
msgstr Menypost saknar obligatoriska fältet \%1\.\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:470
msgid Unknown value for field %1=\%2\.\n
msgstr Okänt värde för fältet %1=\%2\.\n

#. Do not translate quoted text
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:617
msgid install-menu: \hotkeycase\ can only be \sensitive\ or 
\insensitive\\n
msgstr install-menu: \hotkeycase\ får endast vara \sensitive\ eller 
\insensitive\\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:647
msgid install-menu: Warning: Unknown identifier `%1' on line %2 in file %3. 
Ignoring.\n
msgstr install-menu: Varning: Okänd identifierare \%1\ på rad %2 i fil %3. 
Ignorerar.\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:657
msgid install-menu: %1 must be defined in menu-method %2
msgstr install-menu: %1 måste vara definierad i menymetoden %2

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:824
msgid Cannot open file %1 (also tried %2).\n
msgstr Kan inte öppna filen %1 (försökte även med %2).\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:832
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:839
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:847
msgid Cannot open file %1.\n
msgstr Kan inte öppna filen %1.\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:849
msgid 
In order to be able to create the user config file(s) for the window 
manager,\n
the above file needs to be writeable (and/or the directory needs to exist).\n
msgstr 
För att kunna skapa användarkonfigurationsfilen/filerna för 
fönsterhanteraren,\n
måste ovanstående fil vara skrivbar (och/eller katalogen måste finnas).\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:871
msgid Warning: the string %1 did not occur in template file %2\n
msgstr Varning: strängen %1 fanns inte i mallfilen %2\n

#. Don't translate quoted string
#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:896
msgid 
install-menu [-vh] menu-method\n
  Read menu entries from stdin in \update-menus --stdout\ format\n
  and generate menu files using the specified menu-method.\n
  Options to install-menu:\n
 -h --help: this message\n
--remove  : remove the menu instead of generating it.\n
 -v --verbose : be verbose\n
msgstr 
install-menu [-vh] menymetod\n
  Läs in menyposter från standard in i \update-menus --stdout\-format\n
  och skapa menyfiler genom att använda den angivna menymetoden.\n
  Flaggor för install-menu:\n
 -h --help: detta meddelande\n
--remove  : ta bort menyn istället för att generera den.\n
 -v --verbose : var utförlig\n

#: ../install-menu/install-menu.cc:943
msgid install-menu: no menu-method script specified!
msgstr install-menu: inget menymetodsskript angivet!

#: ../install

Bug#443162: portmap: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-09-19 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: portmap
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for portmap

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages portmap depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.5.14 Debian configuration management sy
ii  libc6 2.6.1-4GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libwrap0  7.6.dbs-14 Wietse Venema's TCP wrappers libra
ii  lsb-base  3.1-24 Linux Standard Base 3.1 init scrip

portmap recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: portmap\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-19 06:50+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-19 10:58+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Should portmap be bound to the loopback address?
msgstr Ska portmap bindas till \loopback\-adressen?

#| msgid 
#| Portmap by default listens to all IP addresses. However, if you are not 
#| providing network RPC services to remote clients (you are if you are 
#| setting up a NFS or NIS server) you can safely bind it to the loopback  
#| IP address (127.0.0.1)
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid By default, portmap listens to all IP addresses. However, if this 
machine does not provide network RPC services (such as NIS or NFS) to remote 
clients, you can safely bind it to the loopback IP address (127.0.0.1).
msgstr Portmap lyssnar som standard på alla IP-adresser. Om den här maskinen 
inte tillhandahåller RPC-tjänster (till exempel NFS eller NIS) till 
fjärrklienter, kan du med säkerhet binda den till IP-adressen för \loopback\ 
(127.0.0.1).

#| msgid 
#| This will allow RPC local services (like FAM) to work properly, while 
#| preventing remote systems from accessing your RPC services.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid This will allow RPC local services (like FAM) to work properly, while 
preventing remote systems from accessing the RPC services.
msgstr Detta kommer att tillåta lokala RPC-tjänster (såsom FAM) att fungera 
korrekt medans fjärrsystem hindras att komma åt dina RPC-tjänster.

#| msgid 
#| You can also change this configuration by editing the OPTIONS line in 
#| the /etc/default/portmap file. If you just don't specify the -i option it 
#| will bind to all interfaces.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid This configuration can be changed by editing the OPTIONS line in the 
/etc/default/portmap file and adapting the use of the -i option to your needs.
msgstr Denna konfiguration kan ändras genom att redigera OPTIONS-raden i filen 
/etc/default/portmap och justera flaggan -i till att passa dina behov.



Bug#443047: xorg-server: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-09-18 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: xorg-server
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n

Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for xorg-server

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]

# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: xorg-server\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-18 07:46+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-18 11:08+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#| msgid Default printer resolution
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
msgid Default printer resolution:
msgstr Standardupplösning för skrivare:

#| msgid 
#| By default Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600dpi. This should be 
#| fine for the majority of printers today.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
msgid By default, Xprint assumes a printer resolution of 600 dpi. This should be well suited for the majority of printers.
msgstr Som standard antar Xprint att skrivarupplösningen är 600 dpi. Detta borde passa fint för de flesta av dagens skrivare.

#| msgid 
#| On certain 1200dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in 
#| the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300dpi 
#| printers. If you are experiencing these kinds of printing problems, you 
#| may want to set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate 
#| value. See /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for 
#| more details.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xprint-common.templates:2001
msgid On certain 1200 dpi printers, however, the image might appear squashed in the corner of the page, or it might be blown up too large on 300 dpi printers. If you are experiencing such printing problems, you may want to set the default printer resolution to a more appropriate value. See /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz for more details.
msgstr På vissa skrivare med 1200 dpi kan dock bilden verka hoptryckt i ett hörn av sidan eller att den blir mycket förstorad på skrivare med 300 dpi. Om du upplever sådana problem kan du ställa in standardskrivarens upplösning till ett mer lämpligt värde. Se /usr/share/doc/xprint-common/README.printing-problems.gz för mer information.



Bug#442098: win32-loader: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2007-09-13 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: win32-loader
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish translation for win32-loader

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for D-I win32-loader.
# Copyright (C) 2007  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the win32-loader package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: win32-loader\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-12 13:12+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-13 08:10+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. translate:
#. This must be a valid string recognised by Nsis.  If your
#. language is not yet supported by Nsis, please translate the
#. missing Nsis part first.
#.
#: win32-loader.sh:36
#: win32-loader.c:39
msgid LANG_ENGLISH
msgstr LANG_SWEDISH

#. translate:
#. This must be the string used by Windows to represent your
#. language's charset.  If you don't know, check [wine]/tools/wmc/lang.c,
#. or http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/WinCP.mspx
#.
#. IMPORTANT: In the rest of this file, only the subset of UTF-8 that can be
#. converted to this charset should be used.
#: win32-loader.sh:52
msgid windows-1252
msgstr windows-1252

#. translate:
#. Charset used by NTLDR in your localised version of Windows XP.  If you
#. don't know, maybe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_page helps.
#: win32-loader.sh:57
msgid cp437
msgstr cp850

#. translate:
#. The name of your language _in English_ (must be restricted to ascii)
#: win32-loader.sh:67
msgid English
msgstr Swedish

#. translate:
#. IMPORTANT: only the subset of UTF-8 that can be converted to NTLDR charset
#. (e.g. cp437) should be used in this string.  If you don't know which charset
#. applies, limit yourself to ascii.
#: win32-loader.sh:81
msgid Debian Installer
msgstr Debian-installerare

#. translate:
#. The nlf file for your language should be found in
#. /usr/share/nsis/Contrib/Language files/
#.
#: win32-loader.c:68
msgid English.nlf
msgstr Swedish.nlf

#: win32-loader.c:71
msgid Debian-Installer Loader
msgstr Inläsare för Debian-installerare

#: win32-loader.c:72
msgid Cannot find win32-loader.ini.
msgstr Kan inte hitta win32-loader.ini.

#: win32-loader.c:73
msgid win32-loader.ini is incomplete.  Contact the provider of this medium.
msgstr win32-loader.ini är inte fullständig.  Kontakta leverantören av detta 
media.

#: win32-loader.c:74
msgid This program has detected that your keyboard type is \$0\.  Is this 
correct?
msgstr Det här programmet har identifierat din tangentbordstyp som \$0\.  Är 
det korrekt?

#: win32-loader.c:75
msgid 
Please send a bug report with the following information:\n
\n
 - Version of Windows.\n
 - Country settings.\n
 - Real keyboard type.\n
 - Detected keyboard type.\n
\n
Thank you.
msgstr 
Skicka in en felrapport med följande information:\n
\n
 - Version av Windows.\n
 - Landsinställningar.\n
 - Verklig tangentbordstyp.\n
 - Identifierad tangentbordstyp.\n
\n
Tack.

#: win32-loader.c:76
msgid Debian-Installer Loader will be setup with the following parameters.  Do 
NOT change any of these unless you know what you're doing.
msgstr Inläsare för Debian-installerare kommer att konfigureras med följande 
parametrar.  Ändra INTE någon av dessa såvida du inte vet vad du gör.

#: win32-loader.c:77
msgid Proxy settings (host:port):
msgstr Proxyinställningar (värdnamn:port):

#: win32-loader.c:78
msgid Location of boot.ini:
msgstr Plats för boot.ini:

#: win32-loader.c:79
msgid Debconf preseed line:
msgstr Förinställningsrad för Debconf:

#: win32-loader.c:80
msgid Base URL for netboot images (linux and initrd.gz):
msgstr Bas-URL för nätuppstartsavbilder (linux och initrd.gz):

#: win32-loader.c:81
msgid There doesn't seem to be enough free disk space in drive $c.  For a 
complete desktop install, it is recommended to have at least 3 GB of free disk. 
 If there is already a separate disk or partition to install Debian, or if you 
plan to replace Windows completely, you can safely ignore this warning.
msgstr Det verkar inte som om du har tillräckligt ledigt diskutrymme på 
enheten $c.  Det rekommenderas att du har åtminstone 3 GB ledigt diskutrymme 
för en komplett skrivbordsinstallation.  Om du redan har en separat disk eller 
partition för att installera Debian på, eller så kan du ignorera den här 
varningen om du planerar att helt ersätta Windows.

#: win32-loader.c:82
msgid Error: not enough free disk space.  Aborting install.
msgstr Fel: inte tillräckligt med ledigt diskutrymme.  Avbryter 
installationen.

#: win32-loader.c:83
msgid

Bug#440898: quicklist: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2007-09-05 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: quicklist
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for quicklist

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages quicklist depends on:
ii  libc6 2.6.1-1+b1 GNU C Library: Shared libraries
pn  libglib1.2none (no description available)
ii  libgtk1.2 1.2.10-18.1The GIMP Toolkit set of widgets fo
pn  libgtkextra17 none (no description available)
ii  xlibs 6.9.0.dfsg.1-6 X Window System client libraries m

quicklist recommends no packages.
# Swedish translation for quicklist.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the quicklist package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: quicklist\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-03 21:49+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-05 10:00+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../src/dim_list_menu.c:134
#: ../src/filein.c:687
#: ../src/fileout.c:508
msgid QuickList files *.qlf
msgstr QuickList-filer *.qlf

#: ../src/edit.c:374
msgid Clipboard is limited to 5,000 rows
msgstr Urklipp är begränsat till 5000 rader

#: ../src/field.c:309
msgid Decimal places
msgstr Decimalpositioner

#: ../src/field.c:350
#, c-format
msgid Column %u
msgstr Kolumn %u

#: ../src/field.c:387
msgid The number of decimal places must be between 0 to 9
msgstr Antalet decimalposition måste vara mellan 0 och 9

#: ../src/field.c:586
msgid Edit Column Information
msgstr Redigera kolumninformation

#: ../src/field.c:592
#: ../src/filter.c:289
#: ../src/report.c:1072
#: ../src/report.c:1172
msgid Column Name
msgstr Kolumnnamn

#: ../src/field.c:605
msgid Text
msgstr Text

#: ../src/field.c:614
msgid Numeric
msgstr Numerisk

#: ../src/field.c:623
msgid Date
msgstr Datum

#: ../src/field.c:632
msgid Time
msgstr Tid

#: ../src/field.c:643
msgid Left
msgstr Vänster

#: ../src/field.c:652
msgid Center
msgstr Mitten

#: ../src/field.c:661
msgid Right
msgstr Höger

#. Translators: this is the name of a new file before being saved with a name
#: ../src/field.c:864
#: ../src/field.c:865
msgid Untitled_New_List
msgstr Namnlös_ny_lista

#: ../src/filein.c:616
msgid Error: 
msgstr Fel: 

#: ../src/filein.c:617
msgid This file is apparently not the type that you selected.
msgstr Den här filen är tydligen inte av den typ som du valde.

#: ../src/filein.c:691
msgid Open a list
msgstr Öppna en lista

#: ../src/filein.c:701
msgid Import a file
msgstr Importera en fil

#: ../src/filein.c:708
msgid All files *
msgstr Alla filer *

#: ../src/filein.c:801
msgid HTML document, *.html
msgstr HTML-dokument, *.html

#: ../src/filein.c:806
msgid Comma delimited, *.csv
msgstr Kommaseparerad, *.csv

#: ../src/filein.c:810
msgid Tab delimited, *.tsv
msgstr Tabulatoravgränsad, *.tsv

#: ../src/fileout.c:98
msgid Entire file
msgstr Hela filen

#: ../src/fileout.c:105
msgid Allowed by filter
msgstr Tillåts av filter

#: ../src/fileout.c:114
msgid Highlighted cells
msgstr Färgmarkerade celler

#: ../src/fileout.c:411
#: ../src/fileout.c:429
#: ../src/fileout.c:445
#: ../src/fileout.c:461
msgid Can't write the file.  Strange.
msgstr Kan inte skriva filen.  Konstigt.

#: ../src/fileout.c:510
msgid Save this list
msgstr Spara den här listan

#: ../src/fileout.c:515
msgid Untitled list
msgstr Namnlös lista

#: ../src/fileout.c:533
msgid Export to a file
msgstr Exportera till en fil

#: ../src/fileout.c:580
msgid This file has been changed. Do you want to save it to disk?
msgstr Den här filen har ändrats. Vill du spara den till disk?

#. TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.
#: ../src/help.c:49
msgid translator-credits
msgstr Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]

#: ../src/help.c:59
msgid GTK2 utility for making lists of things.
msgstr GTK2-verktyg för att skapa listor över saker.

#: ../src/help.c:75
msgid Homepage:
msgstr Webbplats:

#: ../src/filter.c:213
msgid Internal error in tools_compare_record: Invalid field type.
msgstr Internt fel i tools_compare_record: Ogiltig fälttyp.

#: ../src/filter.c:252
msgid Select a filter
msgstr Välj ett filter

#: ../src/filter.c:286
#: ../src/report.c:1069
#: ../src/report.c:1169
msgid Available columns
msgstr Tillgängliga kolumner

#: ../src/filter.c:413
msgid ** PANIC ** in _filter_entry_handler
msgstr ** PANIK ** i _filter_entry_handler

#: ../src/filter.c:586
msgid contains
msgstr innehåller

#: ../src/filter.c:588
msgid does not contain
msgstr innehåller inte

#: ../src

Bug#438829: sitebar: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-08-20 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: sitebar
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for sitebar

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sitebar\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-16 19:46-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-20 08:16+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:1001
msgid apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2
msgstr apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid Web server you are running:
msgstr Vilken webbserver kör du:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:1002
msgid SiteBar supports any web server that php4 does, but this automatic 
configuration process only supports Apache.
msgstr SiteBar har stöd för alla webbserver som php4 har, men den här 
automatiska konfigurationsprocessen har endast stöd för Apache.

#| msgid Has the database has already been initialized?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Has the database already been initialized?
msgstr Har databasen redan blivit initierad?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Skip database creation?
msgstr Hoppa över skapandet av databasen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Debconf can set up the SiteBar database automatically or you can create 
it manually after installation.
msgstr Debconf kan automatiskt konfigurera SiteBars databas eller så kan du 
göra det manuellt efter installationen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Manual database configuration required!
msgstr Manuell databaskonfiguration krävs!

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid No mysql client found, which means there's no way to offer automatic 
database setup. If you wish to get help setting up the database configuration, 
please install mysql-client (and possibly also mysql-server if you want to run 
the database server on this machine) and then run \dpkg-reconfigure sitebar\ 
to rerun this configuration wizard. For now, the database configuration will be 
skipped
msgstr Ingen mysql-klient hittades, vilket betyder att det inte finns något 
sätt att erbjuda en automatisk databaskonfiguration. Om du önskar att få hjälp 
att konfigurera databasen så bör du installera paketet mysql-client (och 
möjligen även mysql-server om du vill köra databasservern på den här maskinen) 
och sedan köra \dpkg-reconfigure sitebar\ för att köra den här 
konfigurationsguiden igen. För tillfället kommer databaskonfigurationen att 
hoppas över

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid SiteBar database host name:
msgstr Värdnamnet för SiteBar-databasen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid This should be the host-name or IP address that SiteBar will use to 
access the database.
msgstr Det här ska vara värdnamnet eller ip-adressen som SiteBar ska använda 
för att komma åt databasen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Database user name to access the database:
msgstr Databasanvändarens namn som används för att komma åt databasen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid This is the user name that SiteBar will use to access the database.
msgstr Det här är användarnamnet som SiteBar ska använda för att komma åt 
databasen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Password to access the database:
msgstr Lösenordet för att komma åt databasen:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid This is the password that SiteBar will use, along with the user name you 
provided, to access the database.
msgstr Det här är lösenordet som SiteBar ska använda, tillsammans med det 
användarnamn som angav, för att komma åt databasen.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001
msgid Retype the password to access the database:
msgstr Ange lösenordet igen som ska användas för att komma åt databasen:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:8001

Bug#435925: scuttle: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-08-04 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: scuttle
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for scuttle

regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for scuttle debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the scuttle package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: scuttle\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-03 11:21-0300\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-04 11:10+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../scuttle.templates:1001
msgid Prefered locale:
msgstr Föredragen lokal:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../scuttle.templates:1001
msgid Select the locale that you desire to use with scuttle.
msgstr Välj den lokalanpassning som du vill använda med scuttle.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../scuttle.templates:2001
msgid Do you want to configure apache2?
msgstr Vill du konfigurera apache2?



Bug#435705: exim4: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-08-02 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: exim4
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for exim4

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages exim4 depends on:
pn  exim4-basenone (no description available)
pn  exim4-daemon-light | exim4-da none (no description available)

exim4 recommends no packages.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: exim4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-18 08:29+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-02 19:31+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid Remove undelivered messages in spool directory?
msgstr Ta bort olevererade meddelanden i kökatalogen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid There are e-mail messages in the Exim spool directory 
/var/spool/exim4/input/ which have not yet been delivered. Removing Exim will 
cause them to remain undelivered until Exim is re-installed.
msgstr Det finns e-postmeddelanden i Exims kökatalog /var/spool/exim4/input 
som ännu inte har levererats. Borttagning av Exim gör att de finns kvar men 
blir inte levererade förrän Exim har installerats om.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:1001
msgid If this option is not chosen, the spool directory is kept, allowing the 
messages in the queue to be delivered at a later date after Exim is 
re-installed.
msgstr Om det här alternativet inte väljs kommer kökatalogen att behållas och 
gör att meddelanden i kön kan levereras vid ett senare tillfälle, efter att 
Exim har installerats om.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#: ../exim4-daemon-heavy.templates:1001
#: ../exim4-daemon-light.templates:1001
#: ../exim4.templates:1001
msgid Reconfigure exim4-config instead of this package
msgstr Konfigurera om exim4-config istället för det här paketet

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../exim4-base.templates:2001
#: ../exim4-daemon-heavy.templates:1001
#: ../exim4-daemon-light.templates:1001
#: ../exim4.templates:1001
msgid Exim4 has its configuration factored out into a dedicated package, 
exim4-config. To reconfigure Exim4, use 'dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config'.
msgstr Exim4 har fått sin konfiguration flyttad till ett eget paket, 
exim4-config. Använd \dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config\ om du vill konfigurera 
om Exim4.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard
#. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space
#. try to keep below ~71 characters.
#. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise
#. this will break the choices shown to users
#: ../exim4-config.templates:1001
msgid internet site; mail is sent and received directly using SMTP
msgstr internetvärd; e-post skickas och tas emot direkt med SMTP

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard
#. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space
#. try to keep below ~71 characters.
#. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise
#. this will break the choices shown to users
#: ../exim4-config.templates:1001
msgid mail sent by smarthost; received via SMTP or fetchmail
msgstr e-post skickas av \smarthost\; tas emot via SMTP eller fetchmail

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form a single
#. Choices menu. - Every one of these strings has to fit in a standard
#. 80 characters console, as the fancy screen setup takes up some space
#. try to keep below ~71 characters.
#. DO NOT USE commas (,) in Choices translations otherwise
#. this will break the choices shown to users
#: ../exim4-config.templates:1001
msgid mail sent by smarthost; no local mail
msgstr e-post skickas av \smarthost\; ingen lokal e-post

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators beware! the following six strings form

Bug#340532: Closing BR due to old translation

2007-07-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
close #340532





-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#433432: Another update

2007-07-27 Thread Daniel Nylander

Here is the new updated Swedish debconf translation for ca-certificates

Regards,
Daniel
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ca-certificates 20050804\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-27 11:03+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-27 11:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates:2001
msgid yes, no, ask
msgstr ja, nej, fråga

#| msgid Trust new CAs certificates?
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid Trust new certificates from certificate authorities?
msgstr Lita på nya certifikat från certifikatutfärdare?

#| msgid 
#| This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
#| upgrading.  You may want to check such new CA certificates and select 
#| only certificates that you trust.
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when upgrading. You may want to check such new CA certificates and select only certificates that you trust.
msgstr Detta paket kan installera nya CA-certifikat (Certificate Authority) vid uppgradering.  Du kanske vill kontrollera de nya CA-certifikaten och endast välja de certifikat som du litar på.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:2002
msgid 
 - yes: new CA certificates will be trusted and installed;\n
 - no : new CA certificates will not be installed by default;\n
 - ask: prompt for each new CA certificate.
msgstr 
 - ja: nya CA-certifikat kommer att litas på och installeras;\n
 - nej: nya CA-certifikat kommer inte att installeras som standard;\n
 - fråga: fråga för varje nytt CA-certifikat.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:3001
msgid ${new_crts}
msgstr ${new_crts}

#| msgid Select certificates to activate:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid New certificates to activate:
msgstr Nya certfikat att aktivera:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:3002
msgid During upgrades, new certificates will be added. Please choose those you trust.
msgstr Under uppgraderingar kommer nya certifikat att läggas till. Välj de som du litar på.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../templates:4001
msgid ${enable_crts}
msgstr ${enable_crts}

#| msgid Select certificates to activate:
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid Certificates to activate:
msgstr Certfikat att aktivera:

#| msgid 
#| This package may install new CA (Certificate Authority) certificates when 
#| upgrading.  You may want to check such new CA certificates and select 
#| only certificates that you trust.
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /usr/share/ca-certificates.
msgstr Detta paket installerar gemensamma CA-certifikat (Certificate Authority) i /usr/share/ca-certificates.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../templates:4002
msgid Please select the certificate authorities you trust so that their certificates are installed into /etc/ssl/certs. They will be compiled into a single /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt file.
msgstr Välj de certifikatutfärdare som du litar på så att deras certifikat installeras i /etc/ssl/certs. De kommer att kompileras till en enda fil, /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.

#~ msgid Select new certificates to activate:
#~ msgstr Välj ett nytt certifikat som ska aktiveras:
#~ msgid 
#~ This package installs common CA (Certificate Authority) certificates in /
#~ usr/share/ca-certificates. You can select certs from these available 
#~ certs to be installed into /etc/ssl/certs. This package will make 
#~ symlinks and generate a single file of all your selected certs, /etc/ssl/
#~ certs/ca-certificates.crt.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Detta paket installerar allmänna CA (Certificate Authority)-certifikat i /
#~ usr/share/ca-certificates. Du kan välja certifikat bland dessa 
#~ tillgängliga certifikat för att installeras till /etc/ssl/certs. Detta 
#~ paket kommer att göra symboliska länkar och generera en enda fil av alla 
#~ dina valda certifikat, /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt.



Bug#434611: ltsp: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-07-25 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ltsp
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for ltsp

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for ltsp debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ltsp package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ltsp\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-25 07:57+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-25 09:15+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
msgid Set up an LTSP chroot environment?
msgstr Konfigurera en chroot-miljö för LTSP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:2001
msgid Please choose whether you want to set up an LTSP chroot environment on 
this machine, to act as a thin client server.
msgstr Välj huruvida du vill konfigurera en chroot-miljö för LTSP på den här 
maskinen som fungerar som en server för tunna klienter.

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Item in the main menu to select this package
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:3001
msgid Build LTSP chroot
msgstr Bygg chroot för LTSP

#. Type: text
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:4001
msgid Building LTSP chroot...
msgstr Bygger chroot för LTSP...

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001
msgid No interface for LTSP dhcpd configuration
msgstr Inget nätverksgränssnitt för LTSP:s dhcpd-konfiguration

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:6001
msgid There are no free interfaces for usage with the LTSP server. Please 
manually configure the /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf file to point to a valid static 
interface after the installation has completed.
msgstr Det finns inga lediga nätverksgränssnitt att använda för LTSP-servern. 
Konfigurera filen /etc/ltsp/dhcpd.conf manuellt till att peka på ett giltigt 
statiskt nätverksgränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid Interface for the thin client network:
msgstr Nätverksgränssnitt för tunna klient-nätverket:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-builder.templates:7001
msgid Please choose, among the multiple spare interfaces this system has, 
which one should be used for the thin client.
msgstr Välj, bland de reservgränssnitt som det här systemet har, vilket som 
ska användas för den tunna klienten.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid Installation aborted 
msgstr Installationen avbröts 

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid The ltsp-client package cannot be installed in a regular machine. This 
package provides the basic structure for a LTSP terminal.
msgstr Paketet ltsp-client kan inte installeras på en vanlig maskin. Det här 
paketet tillhandahåller grundläggande struktur för en LTSP-terminal.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../ltsp-client-core.templates:2001
msgid Please read the package description to understand what it means.
msgstr Läs paketbeskrivningen för att förstå vad det betyder.



Bug#433930: gnome-menus: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-07-20 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gnome-menus
Version: 2.18.3-1
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for gnome-menus

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages gnome-menus depends on:
ii  libc6   2.6-2GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libglib2.0-02.12.12-1+b1 The GLib library of C routines
ii  libgnome-menu2  2.18.3-1 an implementation of the freedeskt
ii  python  2.4.4-6  An interactive high-level object-o
ii  python-glade2   2.10.6-1 GTK+ bindings: Glade support
ii  python-gmenu2.18.3-1 an implementation of the freedeskt

gnome-menus recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information
# Swedish translation for gnome-menus.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-menus package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gnome-menus\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-17 21:53+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-20 13:50+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Action
msgstr Action

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Action games
msgstr Actionspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Adventure
msgstr Äventyr

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Adventure style games
msgstr Äventyrsspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Arcade
msgstr Arkad

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Arcade style games
msgstr Arkadliknande spel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Falling blocks
msgstr Fallande block

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Falling blocks games
msgstr Fallande blockspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Board
msgstr Brädspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Board games
msgstr Brädspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Card games
msgstr Kortspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Cards
msgstr Kort

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1
msgid Debian
msgstr Debian

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2
msgid The Debian menu
msgstr Debian-menyn

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Games for kids
msgstr Spel för barn

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Kids
msgstr Barn

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Logic
msgstr Logik

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Logic and puzzle games
msgstr Logik- och pusselspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Role playing
msgstr Rollspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Role playing games
msgstr Rollspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Simulation
msgstr Simulering

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Simulation games
msgstr Simuleringsspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Sports
msgstr Sport

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Sports games
msgstr Sportspel

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1
msgid Strategy
msgstr Strategi

#: ../../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2
msgid Strategy games
msgstr Strategispel



Bug#433769: debian-edu-install: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-07-19 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: debian-edu-install
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish translation for debian-edu-install

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish messages for debian-edu-install.
# Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as debian-edu-install.
#
# Swedish translation by:
# Per Olofsson [EMAIL PROTECTED]
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-install\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-18 10:52+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-19 12:51+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n

#. Type: text
#. Description
#. Debian Installer Main-menu Item
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:1001
msgid Choose Debian-Edu profile
msgstr Välj profil för Debian-Edu

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001
msgid Main-Server
msgstr Huvudserver

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001
msgid Workstation
msgstr Arbetsstation

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001
msgid Thin-Client-Server
msgstr Tunnklientserver

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2001
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1001
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2001
msgid Standalone
msgstr Fristående

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002
msgid Please choose which profiles will apply to this machine.
msgstr Välj vilka profiler som passar in på den här datorn.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002
msgid The profiles you choose determine how the machine can be used 
out-of-the-box. You can choose several profiles, but you have to choose at 
least one.
msgstr Profilerna du väljer anger hur datorn kan användas direkt efter 
installationen. Du kan välja flera profiler, men du måste välja minst en.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002
msgid Every Debian-Edu network needs one, and only one machine running the 
'Main-Server' profile.  This machine provides the (network) services (mainly 
file/network and LDAP), so without this machine the network does not work. 
Since this machine will hold all data files it will need a lot of harddisk 
space. Installing this option solely results in a machine without a Graphical 
User Interface(=GUI), if you want a GUI you'll need to include the workstation 
profile or 'Thin-Client-Server'.
msgstr Varje Debian-Edu-nätverk behöver en, och endast en, dator som kör med 
profilen \Huvudserver\. Den här datorn tillhandahåller (nätverks)tjänsterna 
(huvudsakligen filer/nätverk och LDAP) så utan den här datorn kan nätverket 
inte fungera. Eftersom den här datorn ska lagra alla datafiler så behöver den 
mycket diskutrymme. Om du bara väljer det här alternativet så kommer den 
installerade datorn inte ha något grafiskt gränsnitt. Om du vill ha ett 
grafiskt gränsnitt måste du också välja profilen arbetsstation eller profilen 
\Tunnklientsserver\.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:2002
#: ../debian-edu-profile-udeb.templates:3002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:1002
#: ../debian-edu-install.templates:2002
msgid Machines running the 'Workstation' profile are normal machines. Users 
logging on a workstation are authenticated

Bug#433434: pilot-qof: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation update

2007-07-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: pilot-qof
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish translation for pilot-qof

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation of pilot-qof.
# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the pilot-qof package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: pilot-qof 0.1.0\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-11 17:21+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-17 10:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:394
#, c-format
msgid %s: Error: Cannot exclude database \%s\ with option -e because option 
-d is set to include the database: \%s\. Use the '-l' command to see the full 
list of supported databases.\n
msgstr %s: Fel: Kan inte exkludera databasen \%s\ med flaggan -e för att 
flaggan -d är satt till att inkludera databasen: \%s\. Använd kommandot 
\-l\ för att se en fullständig lista över databaser som stöds.\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:444
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
%s: You can use the supported database names with '%s -d' and in SQL queries 
(as the table name) with '%s -s|f'. Descriptions are shown only for 
readability.\n
msgstr 
\n
%s: Du kan använda de databasnamn som stöds med \%s -d\ och i SQL-frågor 
(som tabellnamnen) med \%s -s|f\. Beskrivningar visas endast för läsbarhet.\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:448
msgid Name
msgstr Namn

#: ../src/qof-main.c:448
msgid Description
msgstr Beskrivning

#: ../src/qof-main.c:451
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Use '%s -d database --explain' to see the list of fields within any 
supported database.
msgstr 
\n
Använd \%s -d databas --explain\ för att se fältlistan inom de databaser 
som stöds.

#: ../src/qof-main.c:453
#: ../src/qof-main.c:472
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Thank you for using %s\n
\n
msgstr 
\n
Tack för att du använder %s\n
\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:460
#, c-format
msgid Type: %s\tName: %s\n
msgstr Typ: %s\tNamn: %s\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:469
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Parameters of the %s database:\n
\n
msgstr 
\n
Parametrar för databasen %s:\n
\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:588
#, c-format
msgid %s: There was an error reading the file '%s'.\n
msgstr %s: Det inträffade ett fel vid läsning av filen \%s\.\n

#. / \todo remove the translation marker - nothing to do
#. / then remove the %d and id output.
#: ../src/qof-main.c:633
#, c-format
msgid %s: %d %s\n
msgstr %s: %d %s\n

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:142
#, c-format
msgid Unable to determine port to bind
msgstr Kunde inte bestämma port att binda till

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:144
#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:163
#, c-format
msgid Please use --help for more information
msgstr Använd --help för mer information

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:152
#, c-format
msgid Unable to create socket '%s'
msgstr Kunde inte skapa uttag \%s\

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:161
#, c-format
msgid Unable to bind to port: %s
msgstr Kunde inte binda till port: %s

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:170
#, c-format
msgid Listening for incoming connection on %s... 
msgstr Lyssnar efter inkommande anslutning på %s...

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:177
#, c-format
msgid Error listening on %s
msgstr Fel vid lyssning på %s

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:186
#, c-format
msgid Error accepting data on %s
msgstr Fel vid mottagning av data på %s

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:193
#, c-format
msgid connected!
msgstr ansluten!

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:199
#, c-format
msgid Error read system info on %s
msgstr Fel vid läsning av systeminformation på %s

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:246
#, c-format
msgid WARNING: Unknown category '%s'%s.\n
msgstr VARNING: Okänd kategori \%s\%s.\n

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:248
msgid , using 'Unfiled'
msgstr , använder \Unfiled\

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:491
#, c-format
msgid %s: Unable to open %s database on Palm.\n
msgstr %s: Kunde inte öppna databasen %s på Palm.\n

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:647
#, c-format
msgid %s: Error: Please specify a time period using -t.
msgstr %s: Fel: Ange en tidsperiod med -t.

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:695
#, c-format
msgid %s: Error: Cannot exclude database \%s\ with option -e because option 
-d is set to the same database: \%s\
msgstr %s: Fel: Kan inte exkludera databas \%s\ med flaggan -e för att 
flaggan -d är satt till samma databas: \%s\

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:722
msgid Unable to connect to the Palm
msgstr Kunde inte ansluta till Palmen

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:727
msgid Unable to read Palm user info
msgstr Kunde inte läsa Palmens användarinformation

#: ../src/pilot-qof.c:736
msgid Unable to write user info
msgstr Kunde inte skriva användarinformation

#. Translators: each string

Bug#433438: gpe-expenses: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2007-07-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gpe-expenses
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for gpe-expenses

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for gpe-expenses.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gpe-expenses package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gpe-expenses\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-11 17:19+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-17 11:19+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Translators: This line is wrapped by the program -
#. please make sure you do NOT add line endings here.
#: ../src/qof-main.c:395
#, c-format
msgid %s: Error: Cannot exclude database \%s\ with option -e because option 
-d is set to include the database: \%s\. Use the '-l' command to see the full 
list of supported databases.\n
msgstr %s: Fel: Kan inte exkludera databasen \%s\ med flaggan -e därför att 
flaggan -d är inställd till att inkludera databasen: \%s\. Använd \-l\ för 
att se den fullständiga listan över databaser som stöds.\n

#. Translators: This line is wrapped by the program -
#. please make sure you do NOT add line endings here.
#: ../src/qof-main.c:450
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
%s: You can use the supported database names with '%s -d' and in SQL queries 
(as the table name) with '%s -s|f'. Descriptions are shown only for 
readability.\n
msgstr 
\n
%s: Du kan använda de stödda databasnamnen med \%s -d\ och i SQL-frågor (som 
tabellnamnet) med \%s -s|f\. Beskrivningar visas endast för läsbarhet.\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:454
msgid Name
msgstr Namn

#: ../src/qof-main.c:454
msgid Description
msgstr Beskrivning

#. Translators: This line is wrapped by the program -
#. please make sure you do NOT add line endings here.
#: ../src/qof-main.c:459
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Use '%s -d database --explain' to see the list of fields within any 
supported database.
msgstr 
\n
Använd \%s -d databas --explain\ för att se listan över fält inom en stödd 
databas.

#: ../src/qof-main.c:461
#: ../src/qof-main.c:480
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Thank you for using %s\n
\n
msgstr 
\n
Tack för att du använder %s\n
\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:468
#, c-format
msgid Type: %s\tName: %s\n
msgstr Typ: %s\tNamn: %s\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:477
#, c-format
msgid 
\n
Parameters of the %s database:\n
\n
msgstr 
\n
Parametrar för %s-databasen:\n
\n

#: ../src/qof-main.c:596
#, c-format
msgid %s: There was an error reading the file '%s'.\n
msgstr %s: Det inträffade ett fel vid läsning av filen \%s\.\n

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:160
msgid Help options:
msgstr Hjälpflaggor:

#. * \brief Common QOF CLI options
#.
#. These are definitions for popt support in the CLI. Every
#. program's popt table should start with QOF_CLI_OPTIONS or a
#. replacement to insert the standard options into it. Also enables
#. autohelp. End your popt option list with POPT_TABLEEND. If you
#. want to remove any of these options, simply copy QOF_CLI_OPTIONS
#. into a macro of your own and remove the options you do not need.
#.
#. Translators: ignore the above comment - gettext is just being greedy.
#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:162
#: ../src/qof-main.h:435
msgid List all databases supported by the current QOF framework and exit.
msgstr Lista alla databaser som stöds av det aktuella QOF-ramverket och 
avsluta.

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:164
#: ../src/qof-main.h:438
msgid List the fields within the specified database and exit, requires -d.
msgstr Lista fälten inom den angivna databasen och avsluta, kräver -d.

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:166
#: ../src/qof-main.h:441
msgid Query the QSF XML data in filename
msgstr Fråga QSF XML-data i filnamn

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:166
#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:172
#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:174
msgid filename
msgstr filnamn

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:168
#: ../src/qof-main.h:444
msgid Shorthand to only query objects that contain the specified date.
msgstr Förkortning för att endast fråga objekt som innehåller angivet datum.

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:168
#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:170
#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:183
msgid string
msgstr sträng

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:170
#: ../src/qof-main.h:453
msgid Specify a SQL query on the command line.
msgstr Ange en SQL-fråga på kommandoraden.

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:172
#: ../src/qof-main.h:455
msgid Specify one or more SQL queries contained in a file.
msgstr Ange en eller fler SQL-frågor i en fil.

#: ../src/gpe-expenses.c:174
#: ../src/qof-main.h:458
msgid Write the results of any query to the file
msgstr Skriv ut resultatet för

Bug#433367: gpm: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-07-16 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gpm
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for gpm

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages gpm depends on:
ii  debianutils   2.22.1 Miscellaneous utilities specific t
ii  libc6 2.6-2  GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libncurses5   5.6-3  Shared libraries for terminal hand

gpm recommends no packages.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gpm\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-30 09:49+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-16 18:56+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:2001
#| msgid Do you want to start or restart GPM while X is running?
msgid Do you want to (re)start GPM while X is running?
msgstr Vill du starta (om) GPM under tiden X kör?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or 
#| upgraded.  But when X is running and trying to use the same mouse device, 
#| this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. Switching to 
#| the console and then back to X will usually fix it.
msgid Usually, GPM should be started or restarted when it is installed or 
upgraded. However, when X is running and trying to use the same mouse device, 
this can sometimes cause a problem with the X mouse cursor. Switching to the 
console and then back to X will usually fix it.
msgstr Vanligtvis bör GPM startas eller startas om när den installeras eller 
uppgraderas. Men när X körs och försöker att använda samma musenhet kan detta 
ibland skapa problem med X-musens pekare. Växling till konsollen och sedan 
tillbaka till X brukar oftast lösa det.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid Mouse device for GPM:
msgstr Musenhet för GPM:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid Please enter the mouse device name.
msgstr Ange musens enhetsnamn.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:3001
msgid 
Common mouse devices names:\n
 - PS/2 mouse: /dev/psaux\n
 - Serial mouse:   /dev/ttySx\n
 - USB mouse:  /dev/input/mice\n
 - Sun mouse:  /dev/sunmouse\n
 - M68k Mac mouse: /dev/mouse
msgstr 
Vanliga musenhetsnamn:\n
 - PS/2-mus:   /dev/psaux\n
 - Seriemus:   /dev/ttySx\n
 - USB-mus:/dev/input/mice\n
 - Sun-mus:/dev/sunmouse\n
 - M68k Mac-mus: /dev/mouse

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid Mouse type:
msgstr Mustyp:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid Available mouse types are:
msgstr Tillgängliga mustyper är:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid Name Description
msgstr Namn Beskrivning

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gpm.templates:4001
msgid 
PS/2 mice: round 6-pin connector\n
 autops2Most PS/2 mice; specific protocol will be auto-detected.\n
Also use this for USB and ADB mice.\n
 ps2Standard PS/2 mice, 2 or 3 buttons\n
 imps2  Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatibles; PS/2 mice with\n
3 buttons and a scroll wheel\n
 exps2  Newer Microsoft IntelliMouse and compatible, may have\n
more than 3 buttons.  Most newer PS/2 mice are this type.\n
 synps2 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad, found on many laptops\n
 netmouse   Genius NetMouse, 2 normal buttons plus an \Up/Down\ button\n
 fups2  Same as \ps2\ but may be needed for certain broken\n
mice or KVM switches\n
 fuimps2Same as \imps2\ but may be needed for certain broken\n
mice or KVM switches
msgstr 
PS/2-möss: rund 6-pinnars kontakt\n
 autops2Flesta PS/2-möss; specifikt protokoll auto-detekteras.\n
Använd också denna för USB- och ADB-möss.\n
 ps2Standard PS/2-möss, 2 eller 3 knappar\n
 imps2  Microsoft IntelliMouse och kompatibla; PS/2-möss med\n
3 knappar och ett rullhjul\n
 exps2  Nyare Microsoft IntelliMouse och kompatibla, kan ha

Bug#429896: Updated translation

2007-06-29 Thread Daniel Nylander

Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]

# Swedish translation of emdebian-tools.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the emdebian-tools package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: emdebian-tools\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-21 13:39+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-29 09:41+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:1001
msgid Build directory for emdebian packages:
msgstr Byggkatalog för emdebian-paket:

#| msgid 
#| Either specify an existing Emdebian subversion tree  (e.g. /home/user/
#| emdebian/svn/target/) or specify the  full path to a directory that can 
#| be used by the tools  (emsource and emchain) as a build tree. If no 
#| directory is given, the tools will just use the current directory,  for 
#| checkouts and downloads, possibly resulting in  multiple source downloads.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:1001
msgid Either specify an existing Emdebian subversion tree (e.g. /home/user/emdebian/svn/target/) or specify the full path to a directory that can be used by the tools (emsource and emchain) as a build tree. If no directory is given, the tools will just use the current directory, for checkouts and downloads, possibly resulting in multiple source downloads.
msgstr Ange antingen ett befintligt Emdebian subversion-träd  (t.ex. /home/user/emdebian/svn/target/) eller ange den fullständiga sökvägen till en katalog som kan användas av verktygen  (emsource och emchain) som ett byggträd. Om ingen katalog anges kommer verktygen helt enkelt att använda den aktuella katalogen, för utcheckningar och hämtningar, vilket möjligen kan resultera i flera hämtningar av källkoder.

#| msgid Your subversion username at buildd.emdebian.org:
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
msgid Subversion login to use on buildd.emdebian.org:
msgstr Ditt Subversion-användarnamn att använda på buildd.emdebian.org:

#| msgid 
#| If you expect to be submitting improvements to Emdebian,  including 
#| updates to patches and build logs, emdebian-tools can  commit updated 
#| patch files for you without further intervention.
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
msgid If you expect to be submitting improvements to Emdebian, including updates to patches and build logs, emdebian-tools can commit updated patch files for you without further intervention.
msgstr Om du förväntar dig att skicka in förbättringar till Emdebian,  inklusive uppdateringar till programfixar och byggloggar, kan emdebian-tools skicka in uppdaterade programfixfiler åt dig utan ytterligare åtgärder.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
msgid Note that this username is not necessarily the same as any Debian username or identity.
msgstr Observera att det här användarnamnet inte nödvändigtvis är samma som ditt Debian-användarnamn eller identitet.

#| msgid 
#| Note that this username is not necessarily the same as any Debian  
#| username or identity. If you do not (yet) have an Emdebian  username, 
#| leave this blank. (emsource will use anonymous checkouts  of the patch 
#| files.)
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
msgid If you do not (yet) have an Emdebian username, leave this blank. (emsource will use anonymous checkouts of the patch files.)
msgstr Om du (ännu) inte har ett Emdebian-användarnamn, lämna denna blank. (emsource kommer att använda anonyma utcheckningar av programfixfiler.)

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:3001
msgid Use apt-get to install toolchains?
msgstr Använd apt-get för att installera toolchains?

#| msgid 
#| emsetup can install toolchain packages for you using apt-get.  
#| Alternatively, unset this option to use aptitude.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:3001
msgid emsetup can install toolchain packages for you using apt-get. Alternatively, unset this option to use aptitude.
msgstr emsetup kan installera toolchain-paket åt dig med apt-get.  Alternativt, ställ inte in det här alternativet för att använda aptitude.

#~ msgid Specify a usable directory:
#~ msgstr Ange en användbar katalog:
#~ msgid Preferred working directory:
#~ msgstr Föredragen arbetskatalog:
#~ msgid 
#~ emsource can download, unpack and apply Emdebian patches to Debian 
#~ sources into the current working directory or into a  preset working 
#~ directory. The same directory can also be used by emchain

Bug#430869: man-db: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-29 Thread Daniel Nylander
Colin Watson skrev:

 msgid If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time 
 /etc/cron.weekly/man-db runs (automatically or manually). Until then, the 
 'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not be able to display any output.
 msgstr Om du inte bygger databasen nu kommer den att byggas nästa gång som 
 /etc/cron.weekly/mandb körs (automatiskt eller manuellt). Under tiden kommer 
 inte kommandona \whatis\ och \apropos\ inte kunna visa någon utdata.
 
 This translation is slightly incorrect, because it refers to
 /etc/cron.weekly/mandb (following the previous text) rather than the
 corrected /etc/cron.weekly/man-db in the new text. I've taken the
 liberty of fixing this in my tree.
 
 Otherwise, applied.

Thanks! Never translate stuff when tired (and the coffee machine is broken)

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#429896: parsing errors in updated sv.po

2007-06-29 Thread Daniel Nylander
Neil Williams skrev:

 po $ msgfmt -c --statistics sv.po 
 sv.po:31:1: parse error
 sv.po:38:1: parse error
 sv.po:48:1: parse error
 sv.po:65:1: parse error
 sv.po:80:1: parse error
 msgfmt: found 5 fatal errors

Sorry about that. Forgot to manually change the '|' comments (POedit
list them before other comments, should be after. bug has been filed).

Here is the updated file.

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]
# Swedish translation of emdebian-tools.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the emdebian-tools package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: emdebian-tools\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-21 13:39+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-29 09:41+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:1001
msgid Build directory for emdebian packages:
msgstr Byggkatalog för emdebian-paket:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:1001
#| msgid 
#| Either specify an existing Emdebian subversion tree  (e.g. /home/user/
#| emdebian/svn/target/) or specify the  full path to a directory that can 
#| be used by the tools  (emsource and emchain) as a build tree. If no 
#| directory is given, the tools will just use the current directory,  for 
#| checkouts and downloads, possibly resulting in  multiple source downloads.
msgid Either specify an existing Emdebian subversion tree (e.g. /home/user/emdebian/svn/target/) or specify the full path to a directory that can be used by the tools (emsource and emchain) as a build tree. If no directory is given, the tools will just use the current directory, for checkouts and downloads, possibly resulting in multiple source downloads.
msgstr Ange antingen ett befintligt Emdebian subversion-träd  (t.ex. /home/user/emdebian/svn/target/) eller ange den fullständiga sökvägen till en katalog som kan användas av verktygen  (emsource och emchain) som ett byggträd. Om ingen katalog anges kommer verktygen helt enkelt att använda den aktuella katalogen, för utcheckningar och hämtningar, vilket möjligen kan resultera i flera hämtningar av källkoder.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
#| msgid Your subversion username at buildd.emdebian.org:
msgid Subversion login to use on buildd.emdebian.org:
msgstr Ditt Subversion-användarnamn att använda på buildd.emdebian.org:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| If you expect to be submitting improvements to Emdebian,  including 
#| updates to patches and build logs, emdebian-tools can  commit updated 
#| patch files for you without further intervention.
msgid If you expect to be submitting improvements to Emdebian, including updates to patches and build logs, emdebian-tools can commit updated patch files for you without further intervention.
msgstr Om du förväntar dig att skicka in förbättringar till Emdebian,  inklusive uppdateringar till programfixar och byggloggar, kan emdebian-tools skicka in uppdaterade programfixfiler åt dig utan ytterligare åtgärder.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
msgid Note that this username is not necessarily the same as any Debian username or identity.
msgstr Observera att det här användarnamnet inte nödvändigtvis är samma som ditt Debian-användarnamn eller identitet.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| Note that this username is not necessarily the same as any Debian  
#| username or identity. If you do not (yet) have an Emdebian  username, 
#| leave this blank. (emsource will use anonymous checkouts  of the patch 
#| files.)
msgid If you do not (yet) have an Emdebian username, leave this blank. (emsource will use anonymous checkouts of the patch files.)
msgstr Om du (ännu) inte har ett Emdebian-användarnamn, lämna denna blank. (emsource kommer att använda anonyma utcheckningar av programfixfiler.)

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:3001
msgid Use apt-get to install toolchains?
msgstr Använd apt-get för att installera toolchains?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../emdebian-tools.templates:3001
#| msgid 
#| emsetup can install toolchain packages for you using apt-get.  
#| Alternatively, unset this option to use aptitude.
msgid emsetup can install toolchain packages for you using apt-get. Alternatively, unset this option to use aptitude.
msgstr emsetup kan installera toolchain-paket åt dig med apt-get.  Alternativt, ställ inte in det här alternativet för att använda aptitude.

#~ msgid Specify a usable directory

Bug#430867: gnome-speech: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-06-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gnome-speech
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for gnome-speech

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for gnome-speech debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-speech package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gnome-speech debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-27 17:58+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-27 22:32+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gnome-speech-swift.templates:2001
msgid Cepstral swift installation directory:
msgstr Installationskatalog för Cepstral swift:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gnome-speech-swift.templates:2001
msgid Cepstral swift include files and shared libraries are required to 
compile the swift backend for GNOME Speech.
msgstr Inkluderingsfiler och delade bibliotek från Cepstral swift är 
nödvändiga för att kompilera swift-bakänden för GNOME Speech.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../gnome-speech-swift.templates:2001
msgid Please enter the directory where the swift engine is installed.
msgstr Ange katalogen där swift-motorn är installerad.



Bug#430869: man-db: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: man-db
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for man-db

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages man-db depends on:
ii  bsdmainutils 6.1.6   collection of more utilities from 
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]1.5.13  Debian configuration management sy
ii  dpkg 1.14.4  package maintenance system for Deb
ii  groff-base   1.18.1.1-12 GNU troff text-formatting system (
ii  libc62.5-11  GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libgdbm3 1.8.3-3 GNU dbm database routines (runtime

man-db recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: man-db\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-27 18:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-27 22:43+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid Should man and mandb be installed 'setuid man'?
msgstr Ska man och mandb installeras \setuid man\?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid The man and mandb program can be installed with the set-user-id bit set, 
so that they will run with the permissions of the 'man' user. This allows 
ordinary users to benefit from the caching of preformatted manual pages ('cat 
pages'), which may aid performance on slower machines.
msgstr Programmen man och mandb kan installeras med set-user-id-biten inställd 
så att de kommer att köras med rättigheterna från användaren \man\. Detta gör 
att vanliga användare att dra nytta av mellanlagring av förformaterade 
manualsidor (\cat pages\) vilket kan öka prestandan för långsammare maskiner.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid Cached man pages only work if you are using an 80-column terminal, to 
avoid one user causing cat pages to be saved at widths that would be 
inconvenient for other users. If you use a wide terminal, you can force man 
pages to be formatted to 80 columns anyway by setting MANWIDTH=80.
msgstr Cachelagrade manualsidor fungerar endast om du använder en 80-kolumners 
terminal för att undvika att en användare orsakar att sidor sparas med en bredd 
som inte lämpar sig för andra användare. Om du använder en bred terminal kan du 
tvinga manualsidorna att formateras till 80 kolumner i alla fall, genom att 
ställa in MANWIDTH=80.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid Enabling this feature may be a security risk, so it is disabled by 
default. If in doubt, you should leave it disabled.
msgstr Aktivera denna funktion kan vara en säkerhetsrisk så den är inaktiverad 
som standard. Om du är osäker bör du låta den vara inaktiverad.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001
#: ../templates.master:4001
msgid Should mandb build its database now?
msgstr Ska mandb bygga sin databas nu?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001
msgid You do not yet have a database of manual page descriptions. Building one 
may take some time, depending on how many pages you have installed; it will 
happen in the background, possibly slowing down the installation of other 
packages.
msgstr Du har ännu inte en databas med beskrivningar av manualsidor. Att bygga 
den tar lite tid beroende på hur många sidor du har installerade; det kommer 
göras i bakgrunden och möjligen göra installationen av andra paket långsammare.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3001
#: ../templates.master:4001
#| msgid 
#| If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time /etc/
#| cron.weekly/mandb runs, or you can do it yourself using 'mandb -c' as 
#| user 'man'. In the meantime, the 'whatis' and 'apropos' commands will not 
#| be able to display any output.
msgid If you do not build the database now, it will be built the next time 
/etc/cron.weekly/man-db runs (automatically or manually

Bug#430540: ucf: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-25 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ucf
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for ucf.
It is much needed since the old translation used strings over 65 chars

Regards,
Daniel 

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages ucf depends on:
ii  coreutils 5.97-5.3   The GNU core utilities
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.5.13 Debian configuration management sy

Versions of packages ucf recommends:
ii  debconf-utils 1.5.13 debconf utilities

-- debconf information excluded
# Swedish translation for ucf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ucf package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ucf 2.002\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-18 23:28+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-25 10:07+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: title
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:2001
msgid Modified configuration file
msgstr Ändrad konfigurationsfil

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid install the package maintainer's version
msgstr installera paketansvariges version

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
#| msgid keep your currently-installed version
msgid keep the local version currently installed
msgstr behåll den lokalt installerade version

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid show the differences between the versions
msgstr visa skillnaderna mellan versionerna

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid show a side-by-side difference between the versions
msgstr visa skillnaderna sida vid sida mellan versionerna

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#: ../templates.master:3001
#| msgid show a 3 way difference between available versions of the file
msgid show a 3-way difference between available versions
msgstr visa en 3-vägs skillnad mellan tillgängliga versioner

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#: ../templates.master:3001
#| msgid 
#| do a 3 way merge between available versions of the file [Very 
#| Experimental]
msgid do a 3-way merge between available versions (experimental)
msgstr 
gör en 3-vägs sammanslagning mellan versionerna (experimentell)

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#. Translators, please keep translations *short* (less than 65 columns)
#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../templates.master:3001 ../templates.master:4001
msgid start a new shell to examine the situation
msgstr starta ett nytt skal för att undersöka situationen

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002
msgid What would you like to do about ${BASENAME}?
msgstr Vad vill du göra med ${BASENAME}?

#. Type: select
#. Description
#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:3002 ../templates.master:4002
#| msgid 
#| A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but your 
#| version has been locally modified.
msgid 
A new version of configuration file ${FILE} is available, but the version 
installed currently has been locally modified.
msgstr 
En ny version av konfigurationsfilen ${FILE} finns tillgänglig, men 
versionen som är installerad har ändrats lokalt.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates.master:5001
#| msgid show the differences between the versions
msgid Line by line differences between versions
msgstr Visa skillnaderna rad för rad mellan versionerna


Bug#430447: slbackup-php: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-06-25 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: slbackup-php
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for slbackup-php

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages slbackup-php depends on:
ii  apache2   2.2.3-5Next generation, scalable, extenda
ii  apache2-mpm-prefork [apache2] 2.2.3-5Traditional model for Apache HTTPD
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.5.13 Debian configuration management sy
ii  libapache2-mod-php5   5.2.3-1server-side, HTML-embedded scripti
ii  php5-cli  5.2.3-1command-line interpreter for the p
ii  smarty2.6.18-1   Template engine for PHP
ii  smarty-gettext1.0b1-2provides gettext support for smart
ii  ssh   1:4.6p1-1  secure shell client and server (tr

slbackup-php recommends no packages.
# Swedish translation of slbackup-php debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 
# This file is distributed under the same license as the slbackup-php package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
# 
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: slbackup-php\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-24 01:04+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-24 15:22+0200\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Activate SSL support in slbackup-php?
msgstr Aktivera SSL-stöd i slbackup-php?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Please note that SSL is needed to connect to the slbackup-php server. 
Activating it is therefore strongly recommended.
msgstr 
Observera att SSL behövs för att ansluta till slbackup-php-servern. 
Det rekommenderas därför att det aktiveras.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
However, SSL should also be activated in the web server which will not be 
done by choosing this option.
msgstr 
Dock bör även SSL aktiveras i webbservern vilket inte kommer att genomföras 
genom att 
välja det här alternativet.



Bug#430448: microcode.ctl: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-06-25 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: microcode.ctl
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for microcode.ctl

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages microcode.ctl depends on:
ii  libc6 2.5-11 GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  makedev   2.3.1-83   creates device files in /dev
pn  modutils  none (no description available)

microcode.ctl recommends no packages.
# Swedish translation of microcode.ctl.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the microcode.ctl package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
# 
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: microcode.ctl\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-24 00:57+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-24 18:09+0200\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Download Intel CPU microcodes now?
msgstr Hämta mikrokod för Intel-processor nu?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid The microcode.ctl package needs the Intel microcodes for its operation.
msgstr Paketet microcode.ctl behöver Intels mikrokod för att fungera.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
These microcodes are non-free software and cannot distributed within the 
package. They can be downloaded from the Internet (the expected download 
size is about 300-400Kb).
msgstr 
Denna mikrokod är icke-fri programvara och kan inte distribueras i paketet. 
Den kan hämtas ner från Internet (förväntad hämtningsstorlek är ungefär 
300-400Kb).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
If you do not choose to download the microcodes now, please read /usr/share/
doc/microcode.ctl/README.Debian and download the needed files manually or by 
running the '/usr/sbin/update-intel-microcode' command.
msgstr 
Om du inte väljer att hämta ner mikrokoden nu kan du läsa i /usr/share/
doc/microcode.ctl/README.Debian och hämta ner de nödvändiga filerna manuellt 
eller genom att köra kommandot \/usr/sbin/update-intel-microcode\.



Bug#429960: Please update debconf PO translation for the package mantis 1.0.7+dfsg-2

2007-06-23 Thread Daniel Nylander
Kevin Coyner skrev:

 The line
 msgid Administrator's password must be changed: 
 should not have a colon at the end and should read
 msgid Administrator's password must be changed
 
 I'm resending this call with an updated file. Could you please resend your 
 translations.

Here is the updated translation

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]

#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mantis 0.19.2-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-19 20:27-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-21 15:28+0200\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Mantis administrator e-mail address:
msgstr E-postadress till Mantis-administratören:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please enter the e-mail address of the administrator who will troubleshoot 
user reported errors.
msgstr 
Ange e-postadressen för administratören som ska hantera användarnas rapporterade fel.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Mantis webmaster e-mail address:
msgstr E-postadress till Mantis-webbmastern:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the webmaster's e-mail address. It will be displayed at the 
bottom of all Mantis pages.
msgstr 
Ange webbmasterns e-postadress. Den kommer att visas i nederkant av alla sidor i Mantis.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Sender address for bug report e-mails:
msgstr Avsändaradress för felrapporter via e-post:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the address used as the origin address for Mantis bug report e-
mails.
msgstr 
Ange adressen som ska användas som ursprunglig adress för felrapportera via e-post i Mantis.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid E-mail address for bounce-handling:
msgstr E-postadress för hantering av studsande e-post:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the address where bounced e-mails will be directed. Typically, 
this should be set to be the same as the administrator's e-mail address.
msgstr 
Ange adressen dit studsande e-post ska dirigeras. Vanligtvis bör det här ställas 
in till samma e-postadress som administratören använder.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Configure Apache2 as web server for Mantis?
msgstr Konfigurera Apache2 som webbserver för Mantis?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
If you accept this option Apache2 will automatically be configured to 
support Mantis via /etc/apache2/conf.d/ symlinks.  If you reject it, you 
will have to configure your web server manually.
msgstr 
Om du accepterar det här alternativet kommer Apache2 att automatiskt konfigureras för 
att ge stöd för Mantis via de symboliska länkarna i /etc/apache2/conf.d/.  Om du inte vill det här 
måste du konfigurera den webbserver manuellt.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Administrator's password must be changed
msgstr Lösenordet för administratören måste ändras

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
By default, the mantis package creates an administrator account. The 
password for this account is 'root'.
msgstr 
Som standard skapar mantis-paketet ett administratörskonto. 
Lösenordet för det här kontot är \root\.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
It is highly recommended to change this password immediately after 
installation is complete.
msgstr 
Det rekommenderas starkt att omedelbart ändra det här lösenordet efter att 
installationen är färdig.

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid Web server(s) that should be configured automatically:
#~ msgstr Webbserver som bör konfigureras automatiskt

#~ msgid Automatically create Mantis configuration files?
#~ msgstr Automatiskt skapa Mantis konfigurationsfiler?

#~ msgid Automatically run database update script?
#~ msgstr Köra databasskriptet för uppdatering automatiskt?

#~ msgid 
#~ If you are upgrading Mantis from an older upstream version, the database 
#~ structure needs to be updated. This package can perform this task 
#~ automatically.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Om du uppgraderar Mantis från en äldre uppströmsversion behöver

Bug#429960: mantis: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-21 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: mantis
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for mantis

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages mantis depends on:
ii  apache  1.3.34-4.1   versatile, high-performance HTTP s
ii  apache-ssl  1.3.34-4.1   versatile, high-performance HTTP s
ii  debconf 1.5.13   Debian configuration management sy
ii  grep2.5.1.ds2-6  GNU grep, egrep and fgrep
ii  mysql-client-5.0 [mysql-cli 5.0.41-2 MySQL database client binaries
ii  php46:4.4.6-2server-side, HTML-embedded scripti
ii  php4-mysql  6:4.4.6-2+b1 MySQL module for php4
ii  wwwconfig-common0.0.48   Debian web auto configuration

Versions of packages mantis recommends:
ii  mysql-server  5.0.41-2   MySQL database server (meta packag
ii  mysql-server-5.0 [mysql-serve 5.0.41-2   MySQL database server binaries
pn  php3-ldap | php4-ldap none (no description available)
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mantis 0.19.2-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-19 20:27-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-21 15:28+0200\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Mantis administrator e-mail address:
msgstr E-postadress till Mantis-administratören:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
Please enter the e-mail address of the administrator who will troubleshoot 
user reported errors.
msgstr 
Ange e-postadressen för administratören som ska hantera användarnas 
rapporterade fel.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Mantis webmaster e-mail address:
msgstr E-postadress till Mantis-webbmastern:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid 
Please enter the webmaster's e-mail address. It will be displayed at the 
bottom of all Mantis pages.
msgstr 
Ange webbmasterns e-postadress. Den kommer att visas i nederkant av alla sidor 
i Mantis.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Sender address for bug report e-mails:
msgstr Avsändaradress för felrapporter via e-post:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid 
Please enter the address used as the origin address for Mantis bug report e-
mails.
msgstr 
Ange adressen som ska användas som ursprunglig adress för felrapportera via 
e-post i Mantis.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid E-mail address for bounce-handling:
msgstr E-postadress för hantering av studsande e-post:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid 
Please enter the address where bounced e-mails will be directed. Typically, 
this should be set to be the same as the administrator's e-mail address.
msgstr 
Ange adressen dit studsande e-post ska dirigeras. Vanligtvis bör det här 
ställas 
in till samma e-postadress som administratören använder.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Configure Apache2 as web server for Mantis?
msgstr Konfigurera Apache2 som webbserver för Mantis?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
If you accept this option Apache2 will automatically be configured to 
support Mantis via /etc/apache2/conf.d/ symlinks.  If you reject it, you 
will have to configure your web server manually.
msgstr 
Om du accepterar det här alternativet kommer Apache2 att automatiskt 
konfigureras för 
att ge stöd för Mantis via de symboliska länkarna i /etc/apache2/conf.d/.  Om 
du inte vill det här 
måste du konfigurera den webbserver manuellt.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Administrator's password must be changed:
msgstr Lösenordet för administratören måste ändras:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid 
By default, the mantis package creates an administrator account. The 
password for this account is 'root'.
msgstr 
Som standard skapar mantis-paketet ett administratörskonto. 
Lösenordet för det här kontot är \root

Bug#429390: gnome-applets: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf template translation

2007-06-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gnome-applets
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for gnome-applets.

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
Stockholm, Sweden
http://www.DanielNylander.se
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]

# Swedish translation of gnome-applets debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-applets package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gnome-applets debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-16 09:24+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-17 19:46+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid Should cpufreq-selector run with root privileges?
msgstr Ska cpufreq-selector köras med root-privilegier?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid The 'cpufreq-selector' program, part of the CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor can be set up to use superuser privileges when it is run ('SUID root').
msgstr Progammet \cpufreq-selector\ som är en del av Övervakare för processorfrekvensskalning kan ställas in att använda superanvändarens privilegier när den körs (\SUID root\).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid If you choose this option, any ordinary user will have the power to set the processor's clock frequency. However, this may also be potentially exploitable in security attacks.
msgstr Om du väljer det här alternativet kan vanliga användare ställa in processorns klockfrekvens. Dock kan det här även innebära en ökad säkerhetsrisk.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid The applet will continue to work if you choose to disable SUID for cpufreq-selector, but only for monitoring the CPU clock frequency. The applet may need to be restarted for a change to take effect.
msgstr Panelprogrammet kommer fortfarande att fungera om du väljer att inaktivera SUID för cpufreq-selector men endast för övervakning av processorns klockfrekvens. Panelprogrammet kan behöva startas om för att ändringar ska bli aktiverade.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gnome-applets.templates:2001
msgid If in doubt, accept the default of no SUID root. To change this setting later, run 'dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets'.
msgstr Om du är osäker bör du välja standardalternativet som är at inte använda SUID root. För att senare ändra det här alternativet kan du köra \dpkg-reconfigure gnome-applets\.



Bug#428542: menu: [INTL:sv] Swedish translation for su-to-root

2007-06-12 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: menu
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for su-to-root.

By the way.. the y/N question.. is it translatable? y = j in Swedish
If not, please change j/N to y/N

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages menu depends on:
ii  dpkg1.14.4   package maintenance system for Deb
ii  libc6   2.5-10   GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libgcc1 1:4.2-20070609-1 GCC support library
ii  libstdc++6  4.2-20070609-1   The GNU Standard C++ Library v3

menu recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information
# Swedish translation for menu su-to-root 
# Copyright (C) 2007 Debian menu team
# This file is distributed under the same license as the menu package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: menu 2.1.34 su-to-root\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-05 21:25+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-12 15:13+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../scripts/su-to-root:31
msgid 
usage: %s [-X] [-p user] -c command\n
  -c command: command to execute as a string (mandatory)\n
  -p user: user to switch to (default: root)\n
  -X: command is a X11 program\\n
msgstr 
användning: %s [-X] [-p användare] -c kommando\n
  -c kommando: kommando att köra som en sträng (obligatorisk)\n
  -p användare: användare att växla till (standard: root)\n
  -X: kommandot är ett X11-program\\n

#: ../scripts/su-to-root:62
msgid About to execute %s.\\n
msgstr På väg att köra %s.\\n

#: ../scripts/su-to-root:63
msgid This command needs %s privileges to be executed.\\n
msgstr Det här kommandot behöver %s-privilegier för att köras.\\n

#: ../scripts/su-to-root:72
msgid Using %s...\\n
msgstr Användning %s...\\n

#: ../scripts/su-to-root:73
msgid Enter %s passwd at prompt.\\n
msgstr Ange lösenordet för %s vid prompten.\\n

# j eller y?
#: ../scripts/su-to-root:76
msgid Incorrect password or command failed. Try again? (y/N)
msgstr Felaktigt lösenord eller kommandot misslyckades. Försök igen? (j/N)



Bug#428356: gnunet: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-11 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gnunet
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for gnunet

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gnunet\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-11 07:59+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-11 09:30+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:2001
msgid Former installation of GNUnet detected
msgstr Tidigare installation av GNUnet hittades

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:2001
msgid Since there are important changes in this version, the installer will 
need to modify the GNUnet configuration file (/etc/gnunet.conf).
msgstr Eftersom det finns viktiga ändringar i denna version behöver 
installeraren göra ändringar i konfigurationsfilen för GNUnet 
(/etc/gnunet.conf).

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:2001
msgid The installation process will backup /etc/gnunet.conf to 
/etc/gnunet.conf.old, and will automatically build a new configuration file.
msgstr Installationsprocessen kommer att säkerhetskopiera /etc/gnunet.conf 
till /etc/gnunet.conf.old och automatiskt bygga en ny konfigurationsfil.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:2001
msgid Every personal settings will be preserved as much as possible.
msgstr Alla personliga inställningar kommer att behållas om möjligt.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:3001
msgid Warning
msgstr Varning

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:3001
msgid For some obscure reason, the installer have failed to discover the 
configuration settings in /etc/gnunet.conf.
msgstr Av någon underlig anledning misslyckades installeraren att identifiera 
dina konfigurationsinställningar i /etc/gnunet.conf.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:3001
msgid The old configuration file will be moved to /etc/gnunet.conf.old.
msgstr Den gamla konfigurationsfilen kommer att flyttas till 
/etc/gnunet.conf.old.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:3001
msgid Since some changes are *mandatory* in this file, a fresh default 
configuration file will now be installed
msgstr Eftersom vissa ändringar är *obligatoriska* i denna fil kommer en färsk 
standardkonfigurationsfil nu att installeras

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:3001
msgid Please take a look and make necessary changes in it if needed after 
installation.
msgstr Ta en titt på den och gör nödvändiga ändringar i den om det behövs 
efter installationen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:4001
msgid Upgrade from a version prior to 0.7.0
msgstr Uppgradering från en version före 0.7.0

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:4001
msgid It seems that you are upgrading GNUnet from a version prior to 0.7.x. 
GNUnet 0.7.x introduced new configuration files and a new database storage 
format which is not compatible with versions prior to 0.7.x.
msgstr Det verkar som om du uppgraderar GNUnet från en version före 0.7.x. 
GNUnet 0.7.x introducerade nya konfigurationsfiler och ett nytt lagringsformat 
för databasen som inte är kompatibel med versioner före 0.7.x.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:4001
msgid GNUnet cannot convert your database format to the new format.
msgstr GNUnet kan inte konvertera din databas till det nya formatet.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:4001
msgid Your database storage will be automatically moved to 
/var/lib/GNUnet.prior07, and the gnunet package will build a new empty storage 
for you.
msgstr Din databas kommer att flyttas automatiskt till /var/lib/GNUnet.prior07 
och gnunet-paketet kommer att bygga en ny tom lagringsplats åt dig.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../gnunet-daemon.templates:4001
msgid Your /etc/gnunet.conf file will also be moved to 
/etc/gnunet.conf.prior07 and replaced by /etc/gnunetd.conf which you can modify 
later by running \gnunet-setup

Bug#427779: davfs2: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-06-06 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: davfs2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for davfs2

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for davfs2 debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the davfs2 package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: davfs2 debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-05 07:42+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-06 11:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Should unprivileged users be allowed to mount WebDAV resources?
msgstr Ska vanliga användare tillåtas att montera WebDAV-resurser?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid The file /sbin/mount.davfs must have the SUID bit set if you want to 
allow unprivileged (non-root) users to mount WebDAV resources.
msgstr Filen /sbin/mount.davfs måste ha SUID-biten satt om du vill tillåta 
vanliga användare (icke-root) att montera WebDAV-resurser.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Choosing this option is discouraged for security reasons. If you choose 
it, additional input will be required.
msgstr Detta alternativ rekommenderas inte på grund av säkerhetsskäl. Om du 
väljer det kommer ytterligare information att krävas.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid If you do not choose this option, only root will be allowed to mount 
WebDAV resources. This can later be changed by running 'dpkg-reconfigure 
davfs2'.
msgstr Om du inte väljer det här alternativet kommer endast root att tillåtas 
att montera WebDAV-resurser. Det här kan ändras senare genom att köra 
\dpkg-reconfigure davfs2\.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid User running the mount.davfs daemon:
msgstr Användare som ska köra mount.davfs-demonen:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Once the davfs resource has been mounted, the daemon will drop the root 
privileges and will run with an unprivileged user ID.
msgstr När davfs-resursen har monterats kommer demonen att släppa 
root-privilegierna och köra med ett vanligt användar-id.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please choose which login name should be used by the daemon.
msgstr Välj vilket inloggningsnamn som ska användas av demonen.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Group for users who will be allowed to mount WebDAV resources:
msgstr Grupp för användare som ska tillåtas att montera WebDAV-resurser:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Mounting WebDAV resources creates a file in /var/run/mount.davfs. This 
directory will be owned by the group specified here.
msgstr Montering av WebDAV-resurser skapar en fil i /var/run/mount.davfs. Den 
här katalogen kommer att ägas av gruppen som anges här.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Do you want to create a new user?
msgstr Vill du skapa en ny användare?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid The \${user_name}\ user does not exist on the system and will be 
created if you choose this option.
msgstr Användaren \${user_name}\ finns inte på systemet och kommer att 
skapas om du väljer det här alternativet.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Do you want to create a new group?
msgstr Vill du skapa en ny grupp?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid The \${group_name}\ group does not exist on the system and will be 
created if you choose this option.
msgstr Gruppen \${group_name}\ finns inte på det här systemet och kommer att 
skapas om du väljer det här alternativet.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Unprivileged users allowed to mount WebDAV resources
msgstr Vanliga användare som tillåtas att montera WebDAV-resurser

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid The \${group_name}\ group and the \${user_name}\ user will be used 
by davfs2. All users who should be granted the right to mount WebDAV resources 
should be added to the group \${group_name}\ using the following command:
msgstr Gruppen \${group_name}\ och användaren \${user_name}\ kommer att 
användas av davfs2. Alla användare som ska tillåtas att montera WebDAV-resurser 
ska läggas till i gruppen \${group_name}\ med hjälp av följande kommando:

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid The following should also be added to /etc/fstab:
msgstr Följande bör

Bug#427790: squid: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-06-06 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: squid
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for squid

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages squid depends on:
ii  adduser  3.102   Add and remove users and groups
ii  coreutils5.97-5.3The GNU core utilities
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]1.5.13  Debian configuration management sy
ii  libc62.5-9+b1GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libdb4.4 4.4.20-8Berkeley v4.4 Database Libraries [
ii  libldap2 2.1.30-13.4 OpenLDAP libraries
ii  libpam0g 0.79-4  Pluggable Authentication Modules l
ii  logrotate3.7.1-3 Log rotation utility
ii  lsb-base 3.1-23.1Linux Standard Base 3.1 init scrip
ii  netbase  4.29Basic TCP/IP networking system
ii  squid-common 2.6.13-1Internet Object Cache (WWW proxy c

squid recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: squid 2.5.10-6\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-06 05:56+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-06 12:31+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Upgrade squid.conf automatically?
msgstr Uppgradera squid.conf automatiskt?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Incompatible settings have been found in the existing squid.conf file.
msgstr Inställningar som inte är kompatibla har hittats i den befintliga filen 
squid.conf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid They will prevent Squid from starting or working correctly.
msgstr De kommer att förhindra att Squid startas eller fungerar korrekt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid These settings can be corrected now. Please choose whether you want to 
apply the needed changes.
msgstr Dessa inställninar kan nu rättas till. Välj huruvida du vill verkställa 
de nödvändiga ändringarna.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Fix permissions of cache_dir?
msgstr Rätta till rättigheterna på cache_dir?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#| msgid 
#| Values for cache_effective_user and/or cache_effective_group in config 
#| file  are incompatible with owner/group of cache directories. Do you want 
#| to automatically fix permissions on cache directory?
msgid The values for 'cache_effective_user' and/or 'cache_effective_group' in 
Squid's configuration file are incompatible with the owner/group of the cache 
directories.
msgstr Angivna värden för \cache_effective_user\ och/eller 
\cache_effective_group\ i Squids konfigurationsfil är inte kompatibla med 
ägaren/gruppen av cachekatalogerna.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please choose whether this should be fixed automatically.
msgstr Välj huruvida det här ska rättas till automatiskt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#| msgid 
#| WARNING: If you specified a cache directory different from /var/spool/
#| squid and selected some other directory used by other programs (e.g. /
#| tmp), this could affect those programs.
msgid However, please note that if you specified a cache directory different 
from /var/spool/squid (such as /tmp), his could affect any other programs using 
that directory.
msgstr Dock bör du observera att om du har angivit en cachekatalog som inte är 
/var/spool/squid (som exempelvis /tmp) kan det påverka alla andra program som 
använder den katalogen.

#~ msgid 
#~ The http_anonymizer directive has been replaced with header_replace and 
#~ header_access.
#~ msgstr 
#~ http_anonymizer har blivit utbytt mot header_replace och header_access.
#~ msgid 
#~ The http_anonymizer directive that was present in squid 2.1 and 2.2 
#~ doesn't exist anymore in squid 2.3 and up. It has been replaced with 
#~ header_replace and header_access that provide more fine-grained control 
#~ over HTTP headers. Right now

Bug#427612: avelsieve: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-06-05 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: avelsieve
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for avelsieve

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for avelsieve debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the avelsieve package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: avelsieve debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-06-05 07:25+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-05 08:01-\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Activate avelsieve automatically?
msgstr Aktivera avelsieve automatiskt?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Avelsieve will operate properly only if it has been activated by running 
'squirrelmail-configure'. This can be done automatically now.
msgstr Avelsieve kommer endast att fungera korrekt när det har aktiverats 
genom att köra \squirrelmail-configure\. Det kan göras automatiskt nu.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid No removal of installed sieve filters
msgstr Ingen borttagning av installerade sieve-filter

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid SquirrelMail users without access to sieveshell cannot remove filters 
they created through avelsieve. Those filters are NOT removed even when 
avelsieve is purged.
msgstr SquirrelMail-användare utan åtkomst till sieveshell kan inte ta bort 
filter som de skapat genom avelsieve. Dessa filter tas INTE bort även när 
avelsieve avinstalleras.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid The sieve filters for all mailboxes should be checked as soon as 
possible.
msgstr Sieve-filtren för alla postlådor bör kontrolleras så snart som möjligt.



Bug#427511: qtparted: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2007-06-04 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: qtparted
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for QTParted.
I noticed that latest version of QTParted was released long time ago so 
to send the translation directly to the package maintainer would help 
getting the translation into the package faster.

I have also submitted this translation to the qparted.sf.net page.

Regards,
Daniel


-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash


qtparted_sv.qm
Description: Binary data


Bug#426593: radiusd-livingston: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-05-29 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: radiusd-livingston
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for radiusd-livingston

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages radiusd-livingston depends on:
ii  libc6 2.5-9  GNU C Library: Shared libraries

radiusd-livingston recommends no packages.
# Swedish translation for radiusd-livingston debconf.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the radiusd-livingston 
package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: radiusd-livingston\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-28 09:27-0400\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-29 21:39+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Mandatory configuration of clients for the RADIUS server
msgstr Obligatorisk konfiguration av klienter för RADIUS-servern

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Please copy the example file 
/usr/share/doc/radiusd-livingston/examples/clients to 
/etc/radiusd-livingston/clients and edit it, adding an entry for each client 
system.
msgstr Kopiera exempelfilen /usr/share/doc/radiusd-livingston/examples/clients 
till /etc/radiusd-livingston/clients och redigera den. Lägg till en post för 
varje klientsystem.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Mandatory configuration of users for the RADIUS server
msgstr Obligatorisk konfiguration av användare för RADIUS-servern

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please copy the example file 
/usr/share/doc/radiusd-livingston/examples/users to 
/etc/radiusd-livingston/users and edit it, adding an entry for each user 
account.
msgstr Kopiera exempelfilen /usr/share/doc/radiusd-livingston/examples/users 
till /etc/radiusd-livingston/users och redigera den. Lägg till en post för 
varje användarkonto.



Bug#426297: reportbug-ng: [INTL:sv] Swedish translation

2007-05-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: reportbug-ng
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for reportbug-ng

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash


reportbug-ng.sv.po.gz
Description: GNU Zip compressed data


Bug#426048: RFP: fuppes - FUPPES is a free multiplatform UPnP (TM) A/V Media Server.

2007-05-25 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: wnpp
Severity: wishlist


* Package name: fuppes
  Version : 0.7.1
  Upstream Author : Ulrich Völkel u-voelkel at users dot sourceforge dot net
* URL : http://fuppes.ulrich-voelkel.de/index.php
* License : GPL
  Description : fuppes - FUPPES is a free multiplatform UPnP (TM)
A/V Media Server.

FUPPES is a free multiplatform UPnP (TM) A/V Media Server.

Although it is not yet fully UPnP compliant it already supports a wide
range of UPnP MediaRenderers. (see features for details)
fuppes supports on-the-fly transcoding of various audio formats.




Bug#419834: Swedish updated

2007-05-21 Thread Daniel Nylander
-BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-
Hash: RIPEMD160


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation

- --
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]

-BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-
Version: GnuPG v1.4.6 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: Using GnuPG with Mozilla - http://enigmail.mozdev.org

iD8DBQFGUTZp1RcydD1RNIwRA7CJAJwOjtM85Yevdd8mUslAOhYQVvUIaQCgr67T
Mk6SKZQS//kg9f5B72Uz+BY=
=aS/X
-END PGP SIGNATURE-
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-8\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-20 17:32+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-21 08:03+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid Use paranoid settings in hosts.allow and hosts.deny?
msgstr Använd paranoida inställningar i hosts.allow och hosts.deny?

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid New /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files for the TCP wrapper programs (tcpd) and the libwrap library will be created as they do not exist yet.
msgstr Nya filerna /etc/hosts.allow och /etc/hosts.deny för TCP wrapper-programmen (tcpd) och biblioteket libwrap kommer att skapas eftersom de ännu inte finns.

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid You can choose between a generic and permissive configuration which will allow any incoming connection or a paranoid configuration which will not allow remote connections regardless of where they originate from. The latter, even if more secure, will block out all communication, including, for example, remote administration.
msgstr Du kan välja mellan en allmän och regelmässig konfiguration som kommer att tillåta inkommande anslutningar eller en paranoid konfiguration som inte kommer att tillåta fjärranslutningar oavsett var de kommer från. Den senare, även om den är mer säker, kommer att blockera alla kommunikation, inklusive, till exempel, fjärradministration.

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid Both files can be modified later to suit your needs as explained in the hosts_access(5) manpage. These settings will only affect network services that use the libwrap library: restrictions for other services may be established by using package-specific configuration directives or firewall rules.
msgstr Båda filerna kan ändras senare för att passa dina behov som förklaras på manualsidan hosts_access(5). Dessa inställningar kommer endast att påverka nätverkstjänster som använder biblioteket libwrap. Restriktioner för andra tjänster kan etableras genom användningen av paketspecifika konfigurationsdirektiv eller brandväggsregler.



Bug#425480: slbackup-php: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2007-05-21 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: slbackup-php
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish translation for slbackup-php.

Regards,
Daniel


-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages slbackup-php depends on:
ii  apache2   2.2.3-4Next generation, scalable, extenda
ii  apache2-mpm-prefork [apache2] 2.2.3-4+b1 Traditional model for Apache HTTPD
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0] 1.5.13 Debian configuration management sy
ii  libapache2-mod-php5   5.2.2-1+b1 server-side, HTML-embedded scripti
ii  php5-cli  5.2.2-1+b1 command-line interpreter for the p
ii  smarty2.6.18-1   Template engine for PHP
ii  smarty-gettext1.0b1-2provides gettext support for smart
ii  ssh   1:4.3p2-10 Secure shell client and server (tr

slbackup-php recommends no packages.
# Swedish translation for slbackup-php.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the slbackup-php package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: slbackup-php\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-25 10:31+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-22 00:22+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. templates/maint.tpl
#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:2
#: standard input:26
msgid Maintenance
msgstr Underhåll

#. templates/maint.tpl
#. templates/config.tpl
#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:5
#: standard input:74
#: standard input:110
msgid Choose
msgstr Välj

#. templates/maint.tpl
#: standard input:8
msgid Oldest snapshot to keep:
msgstr Äldsta ögonblicksbild att spara:

#. templates/maint.tpl
#: standard input:11
msgid Delete older
msgstr Ta bort äldre

#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:14
msgid SLBackup Configuration
msgstr Konfiguration av SLBackup

#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:17
msgid Status
msgstr Status

#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:20
msgid Config
msgstr Konfiguration

#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:23
msgid Restore
msgstr Återskapa

#. templates/header.tpl
#: standard input:29
msgid Logout
msgstr Logga ut

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:32
msgid Server scheduler
msgstr Schemaläggare

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:35
msgid Backup enabled
msgstr Säkerhetskopiering aktiverad

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:38
msgid Run backup at
msgstr Kör säkerhetskopiering klockan

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:41
#: standard input:62
#: src/index.php:924
msgid Update
msgstr Uppdatera

#. templates/config.tpl
#. templates/login.tpl
#: standard input:44
#: standard input:65
#: standard input:95
#: standard input:170
msgid Reset
msgstr Nollställ

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:47
msgid Server config
msgstr Serverkonfiguration

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:50
#: standard input:83
msgid Address
msgstr Adress

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:53
msgid Destdir
msgstr Målkatalog

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:56
msgid Servertype
msgstr Servertyp

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:59
#: standard input:92
msgid User
msgstr Användare

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:68
msgid Client config
msgstr Klientkonfiguration

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:71
msgid Client:
msgstr Klient:

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:77
msgid New
msgstr Ny

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:80
msgid Remove
msgstr Ta bort

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:86
msgid Backup Age
msgstr Ålder för säkerhetskopior

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:89
msgid Clienttype
msgstr Klienttyp

#. templates/config.tpl
#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:98
#: standard input:113
msgid Locations:
msgstr Platser:

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:101
#: src/index.php:922
msgid Add
msgstr Lägg till

#. templates/config.tpl
#: standard input:104
msgid Delete
msgstr Ta bort

#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:107
msgid Client to restore
msgstr Klient att återskapa

#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:116
msgid Browse
msgstr Bläddra

#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:119
msgid Restore of %1
msgstr Återskapandet av %1

#. templates/restore.tpl
#: standard input:122
msgid Deleted
msgstr Borttaget

#. templates/status.tpl
#: standard input:125
msgid Clients
msgstr Klienter

#. templates/status.tpl
#: standard input:128
msgid OK at %1
msgstr OK %1

#. templates/status.tpl
#: standard input:131
msgid Failed at %1
msgstr Misslyckades %1

Bug#423110: Updated translation

2007-05-14 Thread Daniel Nylander
-BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-
Hash: RIPEMD160


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation.

- --
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden
[EMAIL PROTECTED]  [EMAIL PROTECTED]


-BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-
Version: GnuPG v1.4.6 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: Using GnuPG with Mozilla - http://enigmail.mozdev.org

iD8DBQFGSMYO1RcydD1RNIwRA3S9AJ4u/kAwKfq5hfJL1LAjBc/6kUwejQCgkqTS
iq4pA8m4aWqjFf7x8w4eSNk=
=bfV8
-END PGP SIGNATURE-
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.2.8-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-14 19:27+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-14 22:21+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Lägg till en \mydomain\-post i main.cf inför uppgraderingen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. 
#| Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a 
#| fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(1) is not a fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
msgstr Postfix version 2.3.3-2 och senare kräver ändringar i main.cf. Specifikt måste \mydomain\ anges eftersom hostname(1) inte är ett fullständigt kvalificerat domännamn (FQDN).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of the machine.
msgstr Om inte du rättar till dessa felaktigheter kommer e-postsystemet inte att fungera korrekt. Vägra denna inställning för att avbryta uppgraderingen och ge dig möjligheten att lägga till denna konfiguration själv.  Acceptera inställningen för att automatiskt ställa in \mydomain\ baserat på FQDN för maskinen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?
msgstr Installera postfix även om kärnan inte stöds?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
#| msgid 
#| Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you 
#| proceeed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you proceed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgstr Postfix använder funktioner som inte finns i kärnor före version 2.6. Om du fortsätter med installationen kommer Postfix inte att kunna starta.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Korrigera tlsmgr-posten i master.cf inför uppgradering?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr.
msgstr Postfix version 2.2 har ändringar i uppstarten av tlsmgr.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect.
msgstr Om inte du rättar till dessa felaktigheter kommer e-postsystemet inte att fungera korrekt. Vägra denna inställning för att avbryta uppgraderingen och ge dig möjligheten att lägga till denna konfiguration själv.  Acceptera inställningen för att automatiskt göra master.cf kompatibel med Postfix 2.2 i det här avseendet.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#| msgid Ignore bad hostname entry?
msgid Ignore incorrect hostname entry?
msgstr Ignorera felaktig \hostname\-post?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#| msgid 
#| The string \${enteredstring}\ does not follow RFC 1035 and does not 
#| appear to be a valid IP address.
msgid The string '${enteredstring}' does not follow RFC 1035 and does not appear to be a valid IP address.
msgstr Strängen \${enteredstring}\ följer inte RFC 1035 och verkar inte vara en giltig IP-adress.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
#| msgid

Bug#423904: lsb: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-05-14 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: lsb
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for lsb

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages lsb depends on:
ii  alien  8.66  install non-native packages with d
ii  at 3.1.10Delayed job execution and batch pr
ii  bc 1.06-20   The GNU bc arbitrary precision cal
ii  belocs-locales-data [l 2.4-5 base files for localization
ii  binutils   2.17cvs20070426-5 The GNU assembler, linker and bina
ii  bsdmainutils   6.1.6 collection of more utilities from 
ii  cpio   2.7-2 GNU cpio -- a program to manage ar
ii  cron   3.0pl1-100management of regular background p
ii  debconf1.5.13Debian configuration management sy
ii  fake-sendmail [mail-tr 0 Fake package provoding mail-transp
ii  file   4.20-5Determines file type using magic
ii  gawk [awk] 1:3.1.5.dfsg-4GNU awk, a pattern scanning and pr
ii  libc6-dev [libc-dev]   2.5-7 GNU C Library: Development Librari
ii  libgl1-mesa-glx [libgl 6.5.2-4   A free implementation of the OpenG
ii  lpr1:2006.11.04  BSD lpr/lpd line printer spooling 
pn  lsb-releasenone(no description available)
ii  m4 1.4.9-1   a macro processing language
ii  make   3.81-3The GNU version of the make util
ii  man-db 2.4.4-2   The on-line manual pager
ii  mawk [awk] 1.3.3-11  a pattern scanning and text proces
pn  ncurses-term   none(no description available)
ii  passwd 1:4.0.18.1-8  change and administer password and
ii  patch  2.5.9-4   Apply a diff file to an original
ii  procps 1:3.2.7-3 /proc file system utilities
ii  psmisc 22.5-1Utilities that use the proc filesy
ii  python 2.4.4-4   An interactive high-level object-o
ii  rsync  2.6.9-3   fast remote file copy program (lik
ii  xlibs  6.9.0.dfsg.1-6X Window System client libraries m
ii  zlib1g [libz1] 1:1.2.3-14compression library - runtime

lsb recommends no packages.
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: lsb 3.0-9\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-13 09:16+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-14 22:31+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#| msgid Should shadow passwords be enabled?
msgid Enable shadow passwords?
msgstr Aktivera skugglösenord?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be 
#| available to conforming applications (such as password aging). Debian 
#| only provides these features when shadow passwords are enabled; however, 
#| your system currently has shadow passwords disabled.
msgid The Linux Standard Base requires that certain features of adduser(8) be 
available to conforming applications (such as password aging). These features 
are only provided when shadow passwords are enabled, while this system has them 
disabled.
msgstr Linux Standard Base kräver att vissa funktioner av adduser(8) ska 
finnas tillgängliga till giltiga program (såsom lösenordföråldring). Dessa 
funktioner tillhandahålls endast när skugglösenord är aktiverade, men ditt 
system har dem för närvarande inaktiverade.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#| msgid 
#| Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but 100% 
#| conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled.
msgid Most LSB applications will work fine with either setting, but complete 
conformance requires shadow passwords to be enabled.
msgstr De flesta LSB-program fungerar fint med båda inställningarna men

Bug#423110: postfix: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-05-09 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: postfix
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for postfix

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages postfix depends on:
ii  adduser   3.102  Add and remove users and groups
ii  debconf   1.5.13 Debian configuration management sy
ii  dpkg  1.13.25package maintenance system for Deb
ii  libc6 2.5-5  GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libdb33.2.9+dfsg-0.1 Berkeley v3 Database Libraries [ru
ii  libgdbmg1 1.7.3-28   GNU dbm database routines (runtime
ii  netbase   4.29   Basic TCP/IP networking system
pn  postfix-ldap  none (no description available)
pn  postfix-pcre  none (no description available)

Versions of packages postfix recommends:
ii  icedove [mail-reader]   1.5.0.10.dfsg1-3 free/unbranded thunderbird mail cl
ii  mailutils [mail-reader] 1:1.1+dfsg1-3.1  GNU mailutils utilities for handli
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: postfix 2.2.8-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-09 07:36+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-09 22:46+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Add a 'mydomain' entry in main.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Lägg till en \mydomain\-post i main.cf inför uppgraderingen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Postfix version 2.3.3-2 and later require changes in main.cf. 
Specifically, mydomain must be specified, since hostname(2) is not a fully 
qualified domain name (FQDN).
msgstr Postfix version 2.3.3-2 och senare kräver ändringar i main.cf. 
Specifikt måste \mydomain\ anges eftersom hostname(2) inte är ett 
fullständigt kvalificerat domännamn (FQDN).

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option 
to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically set mydomain based on the FQDN of 
the machine.
msgstr Om inte du rättar till dessa felaktigheter kommer e-postsystemet inte 
att fungera korrekt. Vägra denna inställning för att avbryta uppgraderingen och 
ge dig möjligheten att lägga till denna konfiguration själv.  Acceptera 
inställningen för att automatiskt ställa in \mydomain\ baserat på FQDN för 
maskinen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Install postfix despite an unsupported kernel?
msgstr Installera postfix även om kärnan inte stöds?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Postfix uses features that are not found in kernels prior to 2.6. If you 
proceeed with the installation, Postfix will not run.
msgstr Postfix använder funktioner som inte finns i kärnor innan version 2.6. 
Om du fortsätter med installationen kommer Postfix inte att kunna starta.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Correct tlsmgr entry in master.cf for upgrade?
msgstr Korrigera tlsmgr-posten i master.cf inför uppgradering?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Postfix version 2.2 has changed the invocation of tlsmgr.
msgstr Postfix version 2.2 har ändringar i uppstarten av tlsmgr.

#| msgid 
#| Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer.  Decline this option 
#| to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this 
#| configuration yourself.  Accept this option to automatically make master.
#| cf compatible with Postfix 2.2 in this respect.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Failure to fix this will result in a broken mailer. Decline this option 
to abort the upgrade, giving you the opportunity to add this configuration 
yourself. Accept this option to automatically make master.cf compatible with 
Postfix 2.2 in this respect.
msgstr Om inte du rättar till dessa felaktigheter kommer e-postsystemet inte 
att fungera korrekt

Bug#422780: openttd: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-05-08 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: openttd
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for openttd

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for openttd debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openttd package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openttd\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-08 09:39+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-08 09:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Data files needed
msgstr Datafiler behövs

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid For its operation, OpenTTD needs the data files from the original 
Transport Tycoon Deluxe game.
msgstr För att fungera behöva OpenTTD datafilerna från det ursprungliga spelet 
Transport Tycoon Deluxe.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid See the /usr/share/doc/openttd/README.Debian file for more details about 
the needed files and their location.
msgstr Se filen /usr/share/doc/openttd/README.Debian för mer information om de 
nödvändiga filera och var de finns någonstans.

#~ msgid You need to install data files
#~ msgstr Du behöver installera datafilerna
#~ msgid 
#~ OpenTTD needs the data files from the original Transport Tycoon Deluxe 
#~ game to run. You should install these data files before you can play the 
#~ game. See README.Debian for more details on which files need to be copied 
#~ where.
#~ msgstr 
#~ OpenTTD behöver datafilerna från det ursprungliga spelet Transport Tycoon 
#~ Deluxe för att kunna köras. Du måste installera dessa datafiler innan du 
#~ kan spela spelet. Se README.Debian för fler detaljer om vilka filer som 
#~ behöver kopieras.



Bug#422779: rott: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-05-08 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: rott
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for rott

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for rott debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the rott package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: rott\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-08 09:41+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-08 09:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Download shareware data files?
msgstr Hämta datafiler från sharewareversionen?

#| msgid 
#| Rise of the Triad requires additional data files which are not available 
#| under a free software license and cannot be distributed by Debian. You 
#| may choose to automatically download the shareware data files from the 
#| internet and install them into your system now.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid The Rise of the Triad game requires additional data files which are not 
available under a free license and cannot be distributed by Debian. You may 
choose to automatically download the shareware data files from the Internet and 
install them on the system now.
msgstr Rise of the Triad kräver ytterligare datafiler som inte finns 
tillgängliga under en fri licens och kan därför inte distribueras av Debian. Du 
kan välja att automatiskt hämta ner datafilerna från sharewareversionen från 
Internet och installera dem på ditt system.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid The installation will require about 15 MB of free disk space.
msgstr Installationen kräver ungefär 15 MB ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk.



Bug#422784: ssbd: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-05-08 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: ssbd
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for ssbd

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for ssbd debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ssbd package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: ssbd\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-08 09:43+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-08 09:55+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid UDP port for ssbd:
msgstr UDP-port för ssbd:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Please enter the UDP port for the SSB daemon to bind to.
msgstr Ange UDP-porten som SSB-demonen ska binda till.



Bug#422868: eject: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-05-08 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: eject
Version: 2.1.4-4
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for eject

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages eject depends on:
ii  libc6 2.5-5  GNU C Library: Shared libraries

eject recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: eject debconf\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2004-04-11 23:40+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-08 15:55+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: text
#. description
#: ../eject-udeb.templates:3
msgid Eject a CD from the drive
msgstr Mata ut en skiva från enheten



Bug#422911: jed-extra: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-05-08 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: jed-extra
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for jed-extra

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for jed-extra debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the jed-extra package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: jed-extra\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-08 18:29+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-08 21:49+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Remove old files in /etc/jed-init.d/?
msgstr Ta bort gamla filer i /etc/jed-init.d/?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Former versions of the jed-extra package put configuration files in 
/etc/jed-init.d/, namely 05home-lib.sl, 50jed-extra.sl, and 55ispell.sl. These 
files are not used anymore and should be deleted from the file system.
msgstr Tidigare versioner av paketet jed-extra placerade konfigurationsfiler i 
/etc/jed-init.d/ med namnen 05home-lib.sl, 50jed-extra.sl och 55ispell.sl. 
Dessa filer används inte längre och bör tas bort från filsystemet.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid However, some of these files appear to have been manually modified. 
Please confirm whether you want these files to be removed.
msgstr Dock verkar det som om några av dessa filer har ändrats manuellt. 
Bekräfta om du vill att dessa filer ska tas bort.



Bug#420663: Update #2

2007-04-26 Thread Daniel Nylander

Here is the updated Swedish Debconf translation

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden

# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openssh 1:4.3p2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-24 16:48+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-26 15:55+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid Generate a new configuration file for OpenSSH?
msgstr Generera en ny konfigurationsfil för OpenSSH?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file from the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be upgrading from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/etc/ssh/sshd.config), which will work with the new server version, but will not contain any customizations you made with the old version.
msgstr Denna version av OpenSSH har ändrat konfigurationsfilen ansenligt från den version som skickades med i Debians \Potato\-utgåva som du verkar uppgradera från. Detta paket kan nu generera en ny konfigurationsfil (/etc/ssh/sshd.config) som kommer att fungera med den nya serverversionen men kommer inte att innehålla några anpassningar som du gjorde med den gamla versionen.

#| msgid 
#| Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of 
#| 'PermitRootLogin' to 'yes' (meaning that anyone knowing the root password 
#| can ssh directly in as root). Please read the README.Debian file for more 
#| details about this design choice.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of 'PermitRootLogin' to 'yes' (meaning that anyone knowing the root password can ssh directly in as root). Please read the README.Debian file for more details about this design choice.
msgstr Observera att den nya konfigurationsfilen kommer att ställa in värdet för \PermitRootLogin\ till \yes\ (vilket betyder att vem som helst som kan root-lösenordet kan logga in direkt som root). Läs filen README.Debian för mer information om det här designvalet.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid It is strongly recommended that you choose to generate a new configuration file now.
msgstr Det rekommenderas starkt att du väljer att generera en ny konfigurationsfil nu.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
msgid Do you want to risk killing active SSH sessions?
msgstr Vill du riskera att döda aktiva SSH-sessioner?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
msgid The currently installed version of /etc/init.d/ssh is likely to kill all running sshd instances. If you are doing this upgrade via an SSH session, you're likely to be disconnected and leave the upgrade procedure unfinished.
msgstr Den för närvarande installerade versionen av /etc/init.d/ssh kommer antagligen döda alla körande instanser av sshd.  Om du gör denna uppgradering via en SSH-session kommer du sannolikt att kopplas ner och uppgraderingsprocessen lämnas ofärdig.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
msgid This can be fixed by manually adding \--pidfile /var/run/sshd.pid\ to the start-stop-daemon line in the stop section of the file.
msgstr Det här kan rättas till genom att manuellt lägga till \--pidfile /var/run/sshd.pid\ till raden \start-stop-daemon\ i sektionen \stop\ i filen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:4001
msgid New host key mandatory
msgstr Ny värdnyckel är obligatorisk

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:4001
msgid The current host key, in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key, is encrypted with the IDEA algorithm. OpenSSH can not handle this host key file, and the ssh-keygen utility from the old (non-free) SSH installation does not appear to be available.
msgstr Den aktuella värdnyckel, i /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key, är krypterad med IDEA-algoritmen. OpenSSH kan inte hantera den här värdnyckelfilen och verktyget ssh-keygen från den gamla (ickefria) SSH-installationen verkar inte finnas tillgänglig.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:4001
msgid You need to manually

Bug#420685: gettext: msgfmt complains on strangely placed #| comments

2007-04-24 Thread Daniel Nylander
tis 2007-04-24 klockan 11:13 +0200 skrev Christian Perrier:

   I'm not sure whether this is a bug or not but it could be interesting to
   discuss this with your upstream, Santiago.
  
  I think it is a bug in the translator's tool.
 
 OK, let's ask Daniel, then. Daniel, what tool did you use to work on
 your recent update to openssh debconf translation?

I'm using poedit 1.3.6.

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCFA, GCUX)
Stockholm, Sweden
[EMAIL PROTECTED]


signature.asc
Description: Detta är en digitalt signerad	meddelandedel


Bug#420663: openssh: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-04-23 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: openssh
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for openssh

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openssh 1:4.3p2-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-23 17:56+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-23 23:14+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#| msgid Generate new configuration file?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid Generate a new configuration file for OpenSSH?
msgstr Generera en ny konfigurationsfil för OpenSSH?

#| msgid 
#| This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file 
#| from the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be 
#| upgrading from. This package can now generate a new configuration file (/
#| etc/ssh/sshd.config), which will work with the new server version, but 
#| will not contain any customisations you made with the old version.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid This version of OpenSSH has a considerably changed configuration file 
from the version shipped in Debian 'Potato', which you appear to be upgrading 
from. This package can now generate a new configuration file 
(/etc/ssh/sshd.config), which will work with the new server version, but will 
not contain any customizations you made with the old version.
msgstr Denna version av OpenSSH har ändrat konfigurationsfilen ansenligt från 
den version som skickades med i Debians \Potato\-utgåva som du verkar 
uppgradera från. Detta paket kan nu generera en ny konfigurationsfil 
(/etc/ssh/sshd.config) som kommer att fungera med den nya serverversionen men 
kommer inte att innehålla några anpassningar som du gjorde med den gamla 
versionen.

#| msgid 
#| Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of 
#| 'PermitRootLogin' to yes (meaning that anyone knowing the root password 
#| can ssh directly in as root). It is the opinion of the maintainer that 
#| this is the correct default (see README.Debian for more details), but you 
#| can always edit sshd_config and set it to no if you wish.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid Please note that this new configuration file will set the value of 
'PermitRootLogin' to 'yes' (meaning that anyone knowing the root password can 
ssh directly in as root). Please read the README.Debian files for more details 
about this design choice.
msgstr Observera att den nya konfigurationsfilen kommer att ställa in värdet 
för \PermitRootLogin\ till \yes\ (vilket betyder att vem som helst som kan 
root-lösenordet kan logga in direkt som root). Läs filen README.Debian för mer 
information om det här designvalet.

#| msgid 
#| It is strongly recommended that you let this package generate a new 
#| configuration file now.
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:2001
msgid It is strongly recommended that you choose to generate a new 
configuration file now.
msgstr Det rekommenderas starkt att du väljer att generera en ny 
konfigurationsfil nu.

#| msgid Do you want to continue (and risk killing active ssh sessions)?
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
msgid Do you want to risk killing active SSH sessions?
msgstr Vill du riskera att döda aktiva SSH-sessioner?

#| msgid 
#| The version of /etc/init.d/ssh that you have installed, is likely to kill 
#| all running sshd instances.  If you are doing this upgrade via an ssh 
#| session, that would be a Bad Thing(tm).
#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../openssh-server.templates.master:3001
msgid The currently installed version of /etc/init.d/ssh is likely to kill all 
running sshd instances. If you are doing this upgrade via an SSH session, 
you're likely to be disconnected and leave the upgrade procedure unfinished.
msgstr Den för närvarande installerade versionen av /etc/init.d/ssh kommer 
antagligen döda alla körande instanser av sshd.  Om du gör denna uppgradering 
via en SSH-session kommer du sannolikt att

Bug#420258: openttd: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-04-21 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: openttd
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for openttd

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for openttd debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the openttd package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openttd\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-08 15:39+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-21 10:15+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid You need to install data files
msgstr Du behöver installera datafilerna

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid OpenTTD needs the data files from the original Transport Tycoon Deluxe 
game to run. You should install these data files before you can play the game. 
See README.Debian for more details on which files need to be copied where.
msgstr OpenTTD behöver datafilerna från det ursprungliga spelet Transport 
Tycoon Deluxe för att kunna köras. Du måste installera dessa datafiler innan du 
kan spela spelet. Se README.Debian för fler detaljer om vilka filer som behöver 
kopieras.



Bug#420259: rott: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-04-21 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: rott
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for rott

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Swedish translation for rott debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the rott package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: rott\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-22 12:19+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-21 10:17+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Download shareware data files?
msgstr Hämta datafiler från sharewareversionen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Rise of the Triad requires additional data files which are not available 
under a free software license and cannot be distributed by Debian. You may 
choose to automatically download the shareware data files from the internet and 
install them into your system now.
msgstr Rise of the Triad kräver ytterligare datafiler som inte finns 
tillgängliga under en fri programvarulicens och kan inte distribueras av 
Debian. Du kan välja att automatiskt hämta ner datafilerna från 
sharewareversionen från Internet och installera dem på ditt system.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid The installation will require about 15 MB of free disk space.
msgstr Installationen kräver ungefär 15 MB ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk.



Bug#420051: Swedish translation for iceweasel.desktop

2007-04-19 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: iceweasel
Severity: wishlist

The file /usr/share/applications/iceweasel.desktop does not include a
Swedish translation.
I have discussed this with the Swedish Mozilla translators and they have
not seen this as their responsibility.

Please add:

Name[sv]=Webbläsaren Iceweasel
Comment[sv]=Surfa på webben
GenericName[sv]=Webbläsare

Thank you

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden




Bug#420050: Swedish translation for icedove[-pm].desktop

2007-04-19 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: icedove
Severity: wishlist

The files /usr/share/applications/icedove[-pm].desktop does not include
Swedish translation.
I have discussed this with the Swedish Mozilla translators and they have
not seen this as their responsibility.

Please add to icedove.desktop

Name[sv]=E-postklienten Icedove
Comment[sv]=Läs och skriv e-post

Please add to icedove-pm.desktop

Name[sv]=Profilhanterare för Icedove
Comment[sv]=Välj eller redigera dina profiler

Thank you

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden




Bug#419834: tcp-wrappers: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-04-18 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: tcp-wrappers
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for tcp-wrappers


-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden

msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: tcp-wrappers 7.6.dbs-8\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-17 07:36+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-18 08:28+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid Use paranoid settings in hosts.allow and hosts.access?
msgstr Använd paranoida inställningar i hosts.allow och hosts.access?

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid New /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files for the TCP wrappers daemon (tcpd) will be created as they do not exist yet.
msgstr Nya /etc/hosts.allow och /etc/hosts.deny för TCP wrappers-demonen (tcpd) kommer att skapas eftersom de ännu inte finns.

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid You can choose between a generic and permissive configuration which will allow any incoming connection or a paranoid configuration which will not allow remote connections regardless of where they originate from. The latter, even if more secure, will block out all communication, including, for example, remote administration.
msgstr Du kan välja mellan en allmän och regelmässig konfiguration som kommer att tillåta inkommande anslutningar eller en paranoid konfiguration som inte kommer att tillåta fjärranslutningar oavsett var de kommer från. Den senare, även om den är mer säker, kommer att blockera alla kommunikation, inklusive, till exempel, fjärradministration.

#. Type: boolean
#. description
#: ../tcpd.templates:1001
msgid Both files can be modified later to suit your needs as explained in the hosts_access(5) manpage. These settings will only affect network services that use the libwrap library. Restrictions for other services should be established by using firewall rules.
msgstr Båda filerna kan ändras senare för att passa dina behov och förklaras av manualsidan hosts_access(5). Dessa inställningar kommer endast att påverka nätverkstjänster som använder biblioteket libwrap. Restriktioner för andra tjänster bör etableras genom användningen av brandväggsregler.

#~ msgid 
#~ The second option, even if more secure, will block out all communication, 
#~ including, for example, remote administration. So if you need this don't 
#~ choose it.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Det andra alternativet, även mer säker, kommer att blockera ute all 
#~ kommunikation inkluderat, till exempel, fjärradministration. Så om du 
#~ behöver detta, välj det då inte.
#~ msgid 
#~ Regardless of which option you select you can always manually edit both  
#~ files to suit your needs, for this, review the hosts_access(5) manpage.  
#~ This might include giving remote access of services to legitimate hosts.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Oavsett vilken inställning för väljer kan du alltid manuellt ändra dessa 
#~ båda filer för att passa dina behov, för att göra detta, ta en titt på 
#~ manualsidan hosts_access(5).  Detta kan till exempel vara att ge extern 
#~ tillgång till tjänster för legitima värdmaskiner.
#~ msgid 
#~ Notice this only applies to internet services that use the libwrap 
#~ library. Remote connections will still be possible to services that do 
#~ not use this library, consider using firewall rules to block access to 
#~ these.
#~ msgstr 
#~ Notera att detta bara gäller för Internettjänster som använder 
#~ biblioteket libwrap. Fjärranslutningar kommer fortfarande vara möjliga 
#~ till tjänster som inte använder detta bibliotek, tänk på att använda en 
#~ brandvägg för att blockera dessa anslutningar.



Bug#419266: RFP: gshowtv - GShow TV is a TV program schedule viewer and a Personal Video Recorder GUI

2007-04-14 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: wnpp
Severity: wishlist


* Package name: gshowtv
  Version : 1.1.0
  Upstream Author : Petri dot Vakevainen at iki dot fi
* URL : http://gshowtv.sf.net/
* License : GPL
  Description : gshowtv - GShow TV is a TV program schedule viewer
and a Personal Video Recorder GUI

GShow TV is a TV program schedule viewer and a Personal Video Recorder
GUI. GShow TV's basic purpose is to provide a nice GUI for viewing tv
program schedule information and for recording the programs. GShow TV
doesn't itself do the recording of the selected programs, rather it uses
any PVR solution that exists. GShow TV is globally usable as it uses
XMLTV to access the program schedules, and xmltv has support for
multitude of countries. (early 2006 support for Australia, Belgium,
Brazil, Canada, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary,
Iceland, Italy, Japan, Norway, Portugal, Reunion Island, Romania,
Russia, South Africa, Spain, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The
Netherlands, The UK, The USA and more.)


-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden




-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#418679: openssl: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-04-11 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: openssl
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for openssl

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash

Versions of packages openssl depends on:
ii  libc6   2.3.6.ds1-13 GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libssl0.9.8 0.9.8e-4 SSL shared libraries
ii  zlib1g  1:1.2.3-13   compression library - runtime

openssl recommends no packages.

-- no debconf information
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: openssl 0.9.7g-2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-11 08:25+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-11 10:05+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
msgid Services to restart to make them use the new libraries:
msgstr Tjänster som ska startas om för att få dem att använda de nya 
biblioteken:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
msgid This release of OpenSSL fixes some security issues. Services will not 
use these fixes until they are restarted. Please note that restarting the SSH 
server (sshd) should not affect any existing connections.
msgstr Den här utgåvan av OpenSSL rättar till ett antal säkerhetsproblem. 
Tjänsterna kommer inte att använda dessa rättningar förrän de har startats om. 
Observera att omstart av SSH-servern (sshd) inte kommer att påverka befintliga 
anslutningar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
msgid Please check the list of detected services that need to be restarted and 
correct it, if needed. The services names must be identical to the 
initialization script names in /etc/init.d and separated by spaces. No services 
will be restarted if the list is empty.
msgstr Undersök listan över identifierade tjänster som behöver startas om och 
gör ändringar i den om det behövs. Tjänstenamnen måste vara identiska för 
initieringsskripten i /etc/init.d och måste separeras med blanksteg. Inga 
tjänster kommer att startas om om listan är tom.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../libssl0.9.8.templates:1001
msgid Any service that later fails unexpectedly after this upgrade should be 
restarted. It is recommended to reboot this host to avoid any SSL-related 
trouble.
msgstr Om andra tjänster senare börjar att få underliga problem efter denna 
uppgradering bör de startas om.  Vi rekommenderar att du startar om din dator 
för att undvika SSL-relaterade problem.



Bug#409692: Status?

2007-04-11 Thread Daniel Nylander

What is the status of this bug?
It's quite annoying


Could not display help: Unable to find help paths
/usr/share/gnome/help/seahorse-preferences or
/usr/share/gnome/help/seahorse-preferences.Please check your installation


-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCUX, GCFA)
http://www.DanielNylander.se
Stockholm, Sweden



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#418514: RFP: qbittorrent -- An advanced bittorrent client in C++ / Qt4

2007-04-10 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: wnpp
Severity: wishlist


* Package name: qbittorrent
  Version : 0.9.1
  Upstream Author : Christophe Dumez: chris (at) qbittorrent (dot) org
* URL : http://www.qbittorrent.org/
* License : GPL
  Description : qbittorrent - An advanced bittorrent client in C++ / Qt4

qBittorrent can now be considered as a good alternative to other
bittorrent clients. It provides a lot of features such as:

* A polished Graphical User Interface written with Qt4.2 toolkit
* Multiple simultaneous downloads / uploads
* An integrated search engine
* DHT (trackerless) support
* uTorrent Peer eXchange support (PeX)
* Directory scanning with automated download of torrents inside
* Good internationalization (20+ languages supported)
* Selective download of files in a torrent
* Media File previewing while downloading
* Torrent trackers edition and prioritizing
* Seeders / Leechers displayed in download list
* Torrent download in correct order
* System tray integration
* Tracker authentication support
* Unicode support
* Torrent downloading directly from their url
* Connection though a proxy
* IP Filtering similar to the one in eMule

qBittorrent is based on the great Libtorrent by Arvid Norberg.


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#418545: glibc: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-04-10 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: glibc
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for glibc

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: lenny/sid
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'testing'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)

Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: glibc 2.3.6-1\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-09 00:10+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-10 15:00+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1001
msgid All locales
msgstr Alla lokalanpassningar

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
msgid Locales to be generated:
msgstr Välj lokalanpassningar att generera:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
msgid Locales are a framework to switch between multiple languages and allow 
users to use their language, country, characters, collation order, etc.
msgstr Lokalanpassning (locale) är ett ramverk för att växla mellan flera 
språk för att låta användare använda sitt språk, land, tecken och 
sorteringsordning, etc.

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:1002
msgid Please choose which locales to generate. UTF-8 locales should be chosen 
by default, particularly for new installations. Other character sets may be 
useful for backwards compatibility with older systems and software.
msgstr Välj vilka lokalanpassningar som ska genereras. UTF-8-lokaler bör 
väljas som standard, speciellt för nya installationer. Andra 
teckenuppsättningar kan vara användbara för bakåtkompatibilitet med äldre 
system och programvara.

#. Type: select
#. Choices
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2001
msgid None
msgstr Ingen

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
msgid Default locale for the system environment:
msgstr Välj lokalanpassning som ska vara standard i systemet:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
msgid Many packages in Debian use locales to display text in the correct 
language for the user. You can choose a default locale for the system from the 
generated locales.
msgstr Många paket i Debian använder lokalanpassningar för att visa text i det 
korrekta språket för användaren. Du kan välja en standardlokal för systemet 
från de genererade lokalerna.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../debhelper.in/locales.templates:2002
msgid This will select the default language for the entire system. If this 
system is a multi-user system where not all users are able to speak the default 
language, they will experience difficulties.
msgstr Detta kommer att välja standardspråket för hela systemet. Om du kör ett 
system med flera användare där inte alla talar det valda språket, kan de få 
problem.

#~ msgid 
#~ Choose which locales to generate.  The selection will be saved to `/etc/
#~ locale.gen', which you can also edit manually (you need to run `locale-
#~ gen' afterwards).
#~ msgstr 
#~ Välj vilka lokalanpassningar som ska genereras.  Valet kommer att sparas 
#~ i \/etc/locale.gen\ som du också kan redigera manuellt (du behöver köra 
#~ \locale-gen\ efteråt).
#~ msgid 
#~ When `All locales' is selected, /etc/locale.gen will be set as a symlink 
#~ to /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED.
#~ msgstr 
#~ När \Alla lokaler\ väljs, kommer /etc/locale.gen att ställa in som en 
#~ symbolisk länk till /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED.



Bug#417875: kdebase: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-04-05 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: kdebase
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for kdebase

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)

Versions of packages kdebase depends on:
ii  hal  0.5.8.1-9   Hardware Abstraction Layer
pn  kappfinder   none  (no description available)
pn  kate none  (no description available)
pn  kcontrol none  (no description available)
pn  kdebase-bin  none  (no description available)
pn  kdebase-data none  (no description available)
pn  kdebase-kio-plugins  none  (no description available)
pn  kdepasswdnone  (no description available)
pn  kdeprint none  (no description available)
pn  kdesktop none  (no description available)
pn  kfindnone  (no description available)
pn  khelpcenter  none  (no description available)
pn  kicker   none  (no description available)
pn  klipper  none  (no description available)
pn  kmenueditnone  (no description available)
pn  konquerornone  (no description available)
pn  konqueror-nsplugins  none  (no description available)
pn  konsole  none  (no description available)
pn  kpager   none  (no description available)
pn  kpersonalizernone  (no description available)
pn  ksmservernone  (no description available)
pn  ksplash  none  (no description available)
pn  ksysguardnone  (no description available)
pn  ktip none  (no description available)
pn  kwin none  (no description available)
pn  libkonq4 none  (no description available)
ii  pmount   0.9.13-1+b1 mount removable devices as normal 

Versions of packages kdebase recommends:
pn  kdm   none (no description available)
# debconf templates for xorg-x11 package
# Swedish translation
#
# $Id: sv.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $
#
# Copyrights:
# Branden Robinson, 2000-2004
# André Dahlqvist, 2001
# Peter Toneby, 2002
# Mikael Hedin, 2002
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package.
# Please see debian/copyright.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-23 07:15+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-05 09:38+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Poedit-Language: Swedish\n
X-Poedit-Country: SWEDEN\n
X-Poedit-SourceCharset: iso-8859-1\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid Default display manager:
msgstr Standarddisplayhanterare:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid A display manager is a program that provides graphical login 
capabilities for the X Window System.
msgstr En displayhanterare är ett program som tillhandahåller grafiska 
inloggningsmöjligheter för X Window System.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple 
display manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager 
should run by default.
msgstr Endast en displayhanterare kan hantera en angiven X-server men flera 
displayhanterarpaket är installerade. Välj vilken displayhanterare som skall 
köras som standard.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../kdm.templates:1001
msgid Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured 
to manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers 
accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the 
check for a default display manager.
msgstr Flera displayhanterare kan köras samtidigt om de är konfigurerade att 
hantera olika

Bug#417585: RFP: ufoai -- UFO: Alien Invasion is a turn-based strategy/action game

2007-04-03 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: wnpp
Severity: wishlist


* Package name: ufoai
  Version : 2.1
  Upstream Author : Werner Höhrer [EMAIL PROTECTED]
* URL : http://ufoai.ninex.info/
* License : GPL
  Description : UFO: Alien Invasion is a turn-based strategy/action game

UFO: Alien Invasion is a strategy game featuring tactical combat
against hostile alien forces which are about to infiltrate earth at this
very moment.

http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=157793package_id=194208



Bug#244582: Status?

2007-04-03 Thread Daniel Nylander

What is the status of this ITP?

Version 2.1 of UFO:AI was been released a couple of days ago.



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#416356: cupsys: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-03-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: cupsys
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for cupsys.

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)

Versions of packages cupsys depends on:
ii  adduser  3.102   Add and remove users and groups
ii  cupsys-common1.2.7-4 Common UNIX Printing System(tm) - 
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]1.5.13  Debian configuration management sy
ii  gs-esp   8.15.3.dfsg.1-1 The Ghostscript PostScript interpr
ii  libc62.3.6.ds1-13GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libcupsimage21.2.7-4 Common UNIX Printing System(tm) - 
ii  libcupsys2   1.2.7-4 Common UNIX Printing System(tm) - 
ii  libdbus-1-3  1.0.2-1 simple interprocess messaging syst
ii  libgnutls13  1.4.4-3 the GNU TLS library - runtime libr
ii  libldap2 2.1.30-13.4 OpenLDAP libraries
ii  libpam0g 0.79-4  Pluggable Authentication Modules l
ii  libpaper11.1.21  Library for handling paper charact
ii  libslp1  1.2.1-6.2   OpenSLP libraries
ii  lsb-base 3.1-23.1Linux Standard Base 3.1 init scrip
ii  patch2.5.9-4 Apply a diff file to an original
ii  perl-modules 5.8.8-7 Core Perl modules
ii  poppler-utils [xpdf-util 0.4.5-5.1   PDF utilitites (based on libpopple
ii  procps   1:3.2.7-3   /proc file system utilities
ii  zlib1g   1:1.2.3-13  compression library - runtime

Versions of packages cupsys recommends:
ii  cupsys-client 1.2.7-4Common UNIX Printing System(tm) - 
ii  foomatic-filters  3.0.2-20061031-1.2 linuxprinting.org printer support 
ii  smbclient 3.0.24-6   a LanManager-like simple client fo

-- debconf information excluded
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: cupsys 1.1.23-13\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-27 07:14+0200\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-27 08:57+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
msgid Do you want to set up the BSD lpd compatibility server?
msgstr Vill du konfigurera den BSD-kompatibla lpd-servern?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys-bsd.templates:1001
msgid The CUPS package contains a server that can accept BSD-style print jobs 
and submit them to CUPS. It should only be set up if other computers are likely 
to submit jobs over the network via the \BSD\ or \LPR\ services, and these 
computers cannot be converted to use the IPP protocol that CUPS uses.
msgstr CUPS-paketet innehåller en server som kan acceptera utskriftsjobb av 
BSD-stil och skicka dem till CUPS. Den bör endast konfigureras om du har andra 
datorer som kommer att skicka jobb över nätverket via \BSD\ eller 
\LPR\-tjänster och dessa datorer inte kan konverteras till att använda 
IPP-protokollet som CUPS använder.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid Do you want CUPS to print unknown jobs as raw jobs?
msgstr Vill du att CUPS ska skriva ut okända jobb som råjobb?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) enforces a MIME type for all print 
jobs. Since not all sources of print jobs can attach an appropriate type, many 
jobs get submitted as the MIME type application/octet-stream and could be 
rejected if CUPS cannot guess the job's format.
msgstr Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) använder en MIME-typ för alla sorters 
utskriftsjobb. Eftersom inte alla källor för utskriftsjobb kan skicka med en 
lämplig typ blir många jobb skickade som MIME-typen 
\application/octet-stream\ och kan bli nekade om CUPS inte kan gissa 
jobbtypen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../cupsys.templates:1001
msgid CUPS can handle all such jobs as \raw\ jobs, which causes them to be 
sent directly to the printer without processing

Bug#415817: xdm: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-03-22 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: xdm
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for xdm

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)

Versions of packages xdm depends on:
ii  cpp 4:4.1.1-15   The GNU C preprocessor (cpp)
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]   1.5.13   Debian configuration management sy
ii  libc6   2.3.6.ds1-13 GNU C Library: Shared libraries
ii  libice6 1:1.0.1-2X11 Inter-Client Exchange library
ii  libpam0g0.79-4   Pluggable Authentication Modules l
ii  libselinux1 1.32-3   SELinux shared libraries
ii  libsm6  1:1.0.1-3X11 Session Management library
ii  libx11-62:1.0.3-6X11 client-side library
ii  libxau6 1:1.0.1-2X11 authorisation library
ii  libxaw7 1:1.0.2-4X11 Athena Widget library
ii  libxdmcp6   1:1.0.1-2X11 Display Manager Control Protoc
ii  libxext61:1.0.1-2X11 miscellaneous extension librar
ii  libxinerama11:1.0.1-4.1  X11 Xinerama extension library
ii  libxmu6 1:1.0.2-2X11 miscellaneous utility library
ii  libxpm4 1:3.5.5-2X11 pixmap library
ii  libxt6  1:1.0.2-2X11 toolkit intrinsics library
ii  x11-common  1:7.1.0-15   X Window System (X.Org) infrastruc
ii  xbase-clients   1:7.1.ds1-2  miscellaneous X clients

xdm recommends no packages.
# debconf templates for xorg-x11 package
# Swedish translation
#
# $Id: sv.po 1042 2006-01-09 07:55:08Z ender $
#
# Copyrights:
# Branden Robinson, 2000-2004
# André Dahlqvist, 2001
# Peter Toneby, 2002
# Mikael Hedin, 2002
#
# This file is distributed under the same license as the xorg-x11 package.
# Please see debian/copyright.
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: xserver-xorg\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-22 06:38+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-22 10:43+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n
X-Poedit-Language: Swedish\n
X-Poedit-Country: SWEDEN\n
X-Poedit-SourceCharset: iso-8859-1\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
msgid Default display manager:
msgstr Standarddisplayhanterare:

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
msgid A display manager is a program that provides graphical login 
capabilities for the X Window System.
msgstr En displayhanterare är det program som tillhandahåller grafiska 
inloggningsmöjligheter i X Window System.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
msgid Only one display manager can manage a given X server, but multiple 
display manager packages are installed. Please select which display manager 
should run by default.
msgstr Endast en displayhanterare kan hantera en angiven X-server, men flera 
displayhanterarpaket kan vara installerade. Välj vilken displayhanterare som 
skall köras som standard.

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:1001
msgid Multiple display managers can run simultaneously if they are configured 
to manage different servers; to achieve this, configure the display managers 
accordingly, edit each of their init scripts in /etc/init.d, and disable the 
check for a default display manager.
msgstr Flera displayhanterare kan köras samtidigt om de är konfigurerade att 
hantera olika servrar. För att uppnå detta ska du konfigurera 
displayhanterarnas init-skript under /etc/init.d, och inaktivera kontrollen 
efter en standarddisplayhanterare.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:3001
msgid Stop the xdm daemon?
msgstr Stoppa xdm-demonen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../xdm.templates:3001
msgid The X display manager (xdm) daemon is typically stopped on package 
upgrade and removal, but it appears to be managing at least one running X 
session.
msgstr X-displayhanterardemonen (xdm) stoppas vanligtvis vid paketuppgradering 
och borttagning men det verkar som om den hanterar åtminstone en

Bug#361829: Aptitude does not recognize translated Y/N input

2007-03-19 Thread Daniel Nylander

What is the status of the patch?

Regards,
Daniel



-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#414610: samba: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-03-12 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: samba
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf tranlation for samba

Regards
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: samba 3.0.20b-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-12 03:35-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-12 20:57+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid Modify smb.conf to use WINS settings from DHCP?
msgstr Ändra smb.conf till att använda WINS-inställningar från DHCP?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid If your computer gets IP address information from a DHCP server on the 
network, the DHCP server may also provide information about WINS servers 
(\NetBIOS name servers\) present on the network.  This requires a change to 
your smb.conf file so that DHCP-provided WINS settings will automatically be 
read from /etc/samba/dhcp.conf.
msgstr Om din dator får en IP-address och information från en DHCP-server på 
nätverket kan även DHCP-server också skicka information om WINS-servrar 
(\NetBIOS namnservrar\) i ditt nätverk.  Detta kräver en ändring i din fil 
smb.conf så att WINS-inställningar från DHCP-servern automatiskt kan läsas från 
/etc/samba/dhcp.conf.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:1001
msgid The dhcp3-client package must be installed to take advantage of this 
feature.
msgstr Paketet dhcp3-client måste installeras för att kunna använda denna 
funktion.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid Configure smb.conf automatically?
msgstr Konfigurera smb.conf automatiskt?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid The rest of the configuration of Samba deals with questions that affect 
parameters in /etc/samba/smb.conf, which is the file used to configure the 
Samba programs (nmbd and smbd). Your current smb.conf contains an 'include' 
line or an option that spans multiple lines, which could confuse the automated 
configuration process and require you to edit your smb.conf by hand to get it 
working again.
msgstr Resten av Samba-konfigurationen hanterar frågor som rör parametrar i 
/etc/samba/smb.conf, vilken är den fil som används för att konfigurera 
Samba-programmen (nmbd och smbd). Din aktuella smb.conf innehåller en 
\include\-rad eller ett alternativ som spänner över flera rader som kan göra 
Debconf förvirrad och kan innebära att du måste redigera din smb.conf på egen 
hand för att få det att fungera igen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:2001
msgid If you do not choose this option, you will have to handle any 
configuration changes yourself, and will not be able to take advantage of 
periodic configuration enhancements.
msgstr Om du inte väljer detta alternativ måste du hantera alla 
konfigurationsändringar på egen hand och kan därför inte utnyttja fördelarna 
med periodiska konfigurationsförbättringar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid Workgroup/Domain Name:
msgstr Arbetsgrupp/Domännamn:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:3001
msgid Please specify the workgroup you want this server to appear to be in 
when queried by clients. Note that this parameter also controls the domain name 
used with the security=domain setting.
msgstr Ange vilken arbetsgrupp som denna server ska synas i när klienterna 
frågar. Notera att denna parameter även kontrollerar domännamnet som används 
med inställningen \security=domain\.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:4001
msgid Use password encryption?
msgstr Använd lösenordskryptering?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../samba-common.templates:4001
msgid All recent Windows clients communicate with SMB servers using encrypted 
passwords. If you want to use clear text passwords you will need to change a 
parameter in your Windows registry.
msgstr De flesta Windows-klienter av senare versioner kommunicerar med 
krypterade lösenord mot SMB-servrar. Om du vill använda lösenord i

Bug#413899: debconf PO translations for the package elilo

2007-03-09 Thread Daniel Nylander
fre 2007-03-09 klockan 09:32 +0100 skrev Christian Perrier:
 Dear Debian I18N people,
 
 The elilo package maintainers recently introduced debconf templates in their
 package.

Here is the Swedish translation for the elilo debconf template.

-- 
Daniel Nylander (CISSP, GCFA, GCUX)
Stockholm, Sweden
[EMAIL PROTECTED]
# Swedish translation of elilo debconf template.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the elilo package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: elilo\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-05 16:47-0700\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 11:49+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:1001
msgid Automatically run elilo?
msgstr Kör automatiskt elilo?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:1001
msgid It is necessary to run /usr/sbin/elilo to install the new elilo binary into the EFI partition.
msgstr Det är nödvändigt att köra /usr/sbin/elilo för att installera den nya elilo-binären till EFI-partitionen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:1001
msgid WARNING: This procedure will write data into the debian directory of the EFI disk partition, possibly overwriting files installed there by hand.
msgstr VARNING: Den här proceduren kommer att skriva data till debian-katalogen på EFI-diskpartitionen och möjligen skriva över filer som manuellt har installerats där.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:1001
msgid Not installing the new elilo binary on the EFI disk partition may leave the system in an unbootable state.  Alternatives to automatic updating of the partition include runnning /usr/sbin/elilo by hand, or installing the new  /usr/lib/elilo/elilo.efi executable into the EFI disk partition manually.
msgstr Att inte installera den nya elilo-binären på EFI-diskpartitionen kan göra att systemet inte kan starta upp.  Alternativen till automatisk uppdatering av partitionen inkluderar att man kör /usr/sbin/elilo för hand eller att man manuellt installerar den nya /usr/lib/elilo/elilo.efi till EFI-diskpartitionen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:2001
msgid Reformat and reload EFI partition?
msgstr Formatera om och läs om EFI-partitionen?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:2001
msgid The structure of files in the EFI disk partition has changed since pre-3.2  versions of the elilo package.  The EFI boot manager entry for Debian needs  to be updated to reflect these changes.
msgstr Strukturen för filerna på EFI-diskpartitionen har ändrats sedan versionerna innan 3.2 av paketet elilo. Posten för EFI-starthanteraren för Debian behöver uppdateras för att reflektera dessa ändringar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../elilo.templates:2001
msgid In most cases, if no manual changes to the EFI partition content need to  be preserved, this update can be handled automatically.
msgstr I de flesta fall, om inga manuella ändringar i EFI-partitionens innehåller behöver behållas, kan denna uppdatering hanteras automatiskt.



Bug#413325: grub2: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-03-04 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: grub2
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for grub2.

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Swedish translation for grub2.
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the grub2 package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: grub2\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-04 09:52+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 10:43+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid GRUB 1.95 partition numbering scheme transition
msgstr Övergång av partitionnumreringsschema för GRUB 1.95

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid As of version 1.95, GRUB 2 has changed its partition numbering scheme. 
Partitions are now counted starting from 1 rather than 0. This is consistent 
with the device names of Linux and the other kernels used in the distribution. 
For example, when using Linux as the kernel, \(hd0,1)\ refers to the same 
partition as the /dev/sda1 device node.
msgstr Från och med version 1.95 har GRUB 2 ändrat sitt 
partitionsnumreringsschema. Partitioner räknas nu fram med start från 1 
istället för 0. Det här är gällande standard för enhetsnamnet i Linux och de 
andra kärnorna som används i distributionen. Till exempel när Linux används som 
kärna refererar \(hd0,1)\ till samma partition som enhetsnoden /dev/sda1.

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Because of this, there is a risk that the system becomes unbootable: if 
update-grub(8) is run before GRUB is updated, it will generate a grub.cfg file 
that the installed GRUB won't yet be able to parse correctly. To ensure that 
the system will be able to boot, you should:
msgstr På grund av det här kan det finnas en risk att systemet inte kan 
startas upp: om update-grub(8) körs innan GRUB har uppdaterats kommer den att 
generera en grub.cfg-fil som den installerade GRUB ännu inte kan tolka korrekt. 
För att försäkra dig om att systemet kan startas upp bör du:

#. Type: error
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid 
 - Reinstall GRUB (typically, by running grub-install).\n
 - Rerun update-grub to generate a new grub.cfg.
msgstr 
 - Installera om GRUB (vanligtvis genom att köra grub-install).\n
 - Kör update-grub igen för att generera en ny grub.cfg.



Bug#413333: glpi: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-03-04 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: glpi
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for glpi

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Swedish translation for glpi.
# Copyright (C) 2077 Free Software Foundation, Inc
# This file is distributed under the same license as the glpi package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: glpi\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-03 22:37+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-04 11:43+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Choices
#: ../glpi.templates:1001
msgid apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2
msgstr apache, apache-ssl, apache-perl, apache2

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:1002
msgid Web server to reconfigure automatically:
msgstr Webbserver att konfigurera om automatiskt:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:1002
msgid If you do not select a web server to reconfigure automatically, glpi 
will not be usable until you reconfigure your webserver to enable glpi.
msgstr Om du inte väljer en webbserver att konfigurera om automatiskt kommer 
glpi inte att vara användbar tills du konfigurerar om din webbserver för att 
aktivera glpi.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:2001
msgid Should ${webserver} be restarted?
msgstr Ska ${webserver} startas om?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:2001
msgid Remember that in order to activate the new configuration ${webserver} 
has to be restarted. You can also restart ${webserver} by manually executing 
invoke-rc.d ${webserver} restart.
msgstr Kom ihåg att för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen måste 
${webserver} startas om. Du kan även starta om ${webserver} genom att manuellt 
köra invoke-rc.d ${webserver} restart.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:3001
msgid glpi configuration
msgstr Konfiguration av glpi

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../glpi.templates:3001
msgid Please point your browser to http://server/glpi/ to finish the 
configuration.
msgstr Peka din webbläsare till http://server/glpi/ för att färdigställa 
konfigurationen.



Bug#413275: sympa: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-03-03 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: sympa
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for sympa

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: sympa 4.1.5-4\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-20 18:08+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-03 21:58+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: select
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid What is the default language for Sympa?
msgstr Vad är standardspråket för Sympa?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid What is the sympa hostname?
msgstr Vad är värdnamnet för sympa?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid This is the name of the machine or the alias you will use to reach 
sympa.
msgstr Detta är namnet på maskinen eller det alias som du vill använda för att 
nå sympa.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
#: ../templates:3001
#: ../templates:17001
msgid Example:
msgstr Exempel:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid   listhost.cru.fr
msgstr   listhost.cru.fr

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid   Then, you will send your sympa commands to:
msgstr   Sedan kan du skicka dina sympa-kommandon till:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid   [EMAIL PROTECTED]
msgstr   [EMAIL PROTECTED]

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid What are the listmasters email addresses?
msgstr Vilka är e-postadresserna till listmästarna?

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Listmasters are privileged people who administrate mailing lists 
(mailing list superusers).
msgstr Listmästarna är privilegierade folk som administrerar sändlistor 
(superanvändare för sändlistor).

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Please give listmasters email addresses separated by commas.
msgstr Ange listmästarnas e-postadresser separerade med kommatecken.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid   [EMAIL PROTECTED], [EMAIL PROTECTED]
msgstr   [EMAIL PROTECTED], [EMAIL PROTECTED]

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Do you want S/MIME authentication and encryption?
msgstr Vill du använda S/MIME-autentisering och kryptering?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid S/MIME allows messages to be encrypted within a given list and also 
allows users to be authenticated.
msgstr S/MIME tillåter att meddelanden krypteras inom en angiven lista och 
tillåter även att användare autentiserar sig.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid This option works only if the `openssl' package is installed on your 
system. Please first make sure you installed this package.
msgstr Denna funktion fungerar bara om paketet \openssl\ är installerat på 
ditt system. Ta först reda på om du har detta paket installerat.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid What is the password for the lists private keys?
msgstr Vad är lösenordet för listornas privata nycklar?

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid This password does protect the access to lists private keys.
msgstr Detta lösenord skyddar mot allmän åtkomst till listans privata nycklar.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Please note that you are not allowed to give an empty password.
msgstr Observera att du inte får ange ett blankt lösenord.

#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Re-enter the password for the lists private keys for verification:
msgstr Ange lösenordet för listornas privata nycklar igen för verifikation:

#. Type: password
#. Description
#. Type: password
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
#: ../templates:16001
msgid Please enter the same password again to verify you have typed it 
correctly.
msgstr Ange samma lösenord igen för att verifiera att du har skrivit in det 
rätt.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Should lists home and spool directories be removed ?
msgstr Ska listornas hem- och kökataloger tas bort

Bug#333831: Etch Installer (pre-release) triggers bug #333831 on specific hardware

2007-02-28 Thread Daniel Nylander
-BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-
Hash: RIPEMD160

Simon Waters skrev:
 The daily build of the Etch installer 20070227(?), and the Etch
 Installer RC1, both tickle the problem reported in Debian bug 333831.
 
 Despite discussions with upstream, which suggested this issue might have
 been fixed in 2.6.18, the 2.6.18-4 kernel in the Debian-Installer
 tickles this problem on the Acer Travelmate 200DX.
 linux acpi=off

This is a generic issue on many different computers.
I had the same issue on my HP Pavillion but now run 2.6.20 within issues

Regards,
Daniel

-BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-
Version: GnuPG v1.4.6 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: Using GnuPG with Mozilla - http://enigmail.mozdev.org

iD8DBQFF5ef91RcydD1RNIwRAw9cAKCQt7VwKa83aMmXvvOaaAyxYtlVJQCdEGdJ
7wjCFcSfQLdF263H0b2lkEo=
=IXpK
-END PGP SIGNATURE-


-- 
To UNSUBSCRIBE, email to [EMAIL PROTECTED]
with a subject of unsubscribe. Trouble? Contact [EMAIL PROTECTED]



Bug#412747: adduser: [INTL:sv] Swedish translations updated

2007-02-27 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: adduser
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here are the updated Swedish translations for adduser and the manpage.


Please note that the encoding for the manpage has changed from ISO8859-1 
to UTF-8.
This means that you have to iconv the addenum (not attached here) or 
else there will be a mix between ISO8859-1 and UTF-8 in the generated 
manpages (i.e bad).


Regards,
Daniel


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)

Versions of packages adduser depends on:
ii  debconf [debconf-2.0]   1.5.11   Debian configuration management sy
ii  passwd  1:4.0.18.1-6 change and administer password and
ii  perl-base   5.8.8-7  The Pathologically Eclectic Rubbis

adduser recommends no packages.

-- debconf information excluded


adduser.sv.tar.gz
Description: Binary data


Bug#412535: snoopy: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-02-26 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: snoopy
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for snoopy

regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: snoopy 1.3-11\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-26 13:12+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-26 18:55+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Install snoopy library to /etc/ld.so.preload?
msgstr Installera snoopy-biblioteket till /etc/ld.so.preload?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid snoopy is a library that can only reliably do its work if it is 
mandatorily preloaded via /etc/ld.so.preload. Since this can potentially do 
harm to the system, your consent is needed.
msgstr snoopy är ett bibliotek som bara kan göra sitt jobb om det först läses 
in via /etc/ld.so.preload. Eftersom detta potentiellt sett kan göra skada på 
ditt system så behövs ditt medgivande.



Bug#411465: tsclient: [INTL:sv] Swedish PO translation

2007-02-19 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: tsclient
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


The current Swedish translation (wrongly named se.po) should be removed 
and replaced with this file (rightly named sv.po).
Please notify upstream also.

Regards,
Daniel Nylander


-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Swedish translation for tsclient
# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the tsclient package.
# Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED], 2006, 2007.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: tsclient 0.148\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n
POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 10:35+\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-19 10:39+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#: ../tsclient.desktop.in.h:1
msgid Connect to a remote computer
msgstr Anslut till en fjärrdator

#: ../tsclient.desktop.in.h:2
#: ../src/connect.c:244
#: ../src/support.c:1008
msgid Terminal Server Client
msgstr Terminalserverklient

#: ../applet/applet.c:45
#: ../applet/applet.c:106
msgid Terminal Server Client Applet
msgstr Panelprogram för terminalserverklient

#: ../applet/applet.c:234
msgid New Connection...
msgstr Ny anslutning...

#: ../src/connect.c:55
msgid 640 x 480 pixels
msgstr 640 x 480 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:56
msgid 800 x 600 pixels
msgstr 800 x 600 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:57
msgid 1024 x 768 pixels
msgstr 1024 x 768 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:58
msgid 1152 x 864 pixels
msgstr 1152 x 864 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:59
msgid 1280 x 960 pixels
msgstr 1280 x 960 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:60
msgid 1400 x 1050 pixels
msgstr 1400 x 1050 bildpunkter

#: ../src/connect.c:64
msgid 256 Colors
msgstr 256 färger

#: ../src/connect.c:65
msgid High Color (15 bit)
msgstr \High Color\ (15 bitar)

#: ../src/connect.c:66
msgid High Color (16 bit)
msgstr \High Color\ (16 bitar)

#: ../src/connect.c:67
msgid True Color (24 bit)
msgstr \True Color\ (24 bitar)

#: ../src/connect.c:325
#: ../src/connect.c:327
msgid Logon Settings
msgstr Inloggningsinställningar

#: ../src/connect.c:335
msgid Type the name of the computer or choose a computer from the drop-down 
list.
msgstr Ange namnet på datorn eller välj en dator från rullgardinslistan.

#: ../src/connect.c:359
msgid Compu_ter:
msgstr Da_tor:

#: ../src/connect.c:367
msgid Pro_tocol:
msgstr Pro_tokoll:

#: ../src/connect.c:375
msgid _User Name:
msgstr _Användarnamn:

#: ../src/connect.c:383
msgid Pass_word:
msgstr Löseno_rd:

#: ../src/connect.c:391
msgid Do_main:
msgstr Do_män:

#: ../src/connect.c:399
msgid C_lient Hostname:
msgstr K_lientvärdnamn:

#: ../src/connect.c:407
msgid Prot_ocol File:
msgstr Prot_okollfil:

#: ../src/connect.c:427
msgid Enter the name or address of the remote system.
msgstr Ange namnet eller adressen till fjärrsystemet.

#: ../src/connect.c:434
msgid Select the protocol to use for this connection.
msgstr Välj det protokoll som ska användas för denna anslutning.

#: ../src/connect.c:441
msgid RDP protocol is used to connect to Microsoft Windows 2000 and older 
systems.
msgstr RDP-protokollet används för att ansluta till system som kör Microsoft 
Windows 2000 och tidigare.

#: ../src/connect.c:448
msgid RDPv5 protocol is used to connect to Microsoft Windows XP and newer 
systems.
msgstr RDPv5-protokollet används för att ansluta till system som kör Microsoft 
Windows XP och senare.

#: ../src/connect.c:455
msgid VNC protocol is used to connect to systems sharing the desktop by using 
VNC.
msgstr VNC-protokollet används för att ansluta till system som delar ut 
skrivbordet genom att använda VNC.

#: ../src/connect.c:466
msgid XDMCP protocol uses Xnest to connect to servers running X.
msgstr XDMCP-protokollet använder Xnest för att ansluta till servrar som kör 
X.

#: ../src/connect.c:473
msgid ICA protocol is used to connect to Citrix servers.
msgstr ICA-protokollet används för att ansluta till Citrix-servrar.

#: ../src/connect.c:489
msgid 
Enter the username for the remote system.\n
For VNC, enter the path to your saved vnc password file.
msgstr 
Ange användarnamnet för fjärrsystemet.\n
För VNC, ange sökvägen till din sparade lösenordsfil.

#: ../src/connect.c:498
msgid Enter the password for the remote system.
msgstr Ange lösenordet för fjärrsystemet.

#: ../src/connect.c:506
msgid Enter the domain for the remote system.
msgstr Ange domänen för fjärrsystemet.

#: ../src/connect.c:514
msgid Enter the local hostname for this system.
msgstr Ange det lokala värdnamnet för detta system.

#: ../src/connect.c:526
msgid Some protocols require a file containing settings. If required, enter 
the path to the file here.
msgstr Vissa

Bug#411232: discover: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-02-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: discover
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for discover

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR [EMAIL PROTECTED], YEAR.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: discover\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 22:44+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 00:09+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../discover.templates:1001
msgid Packages to install:
msgstr Paket att installera:

#. Type: multiselect
#. Description
#: ../discover.templates:1001
msgid Some packages were found to be useful with your hardware. Please select 
those you want to install.
msgstr Några paket kan vara användbara med din hårdvara. Välj de paket som du 
vill installera.



Bug#411229: gom: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-02-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: gom
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for gom

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR [EMAIL PROTECTED], YEAR.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: gom\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 18:44+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 10:47+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:1001
msgid Initialize mixer on system startup?
msgstr Initiera mixern vid systemets uppstart?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:1001
msgid If you choose this option, \/etc/init.d/gom start\ (on system startup, 
or if run manually) will set mixer settings to your saved configuration.
msgstr Om du väljer det här alternativet, \/etc/init.d/gom start\ (vid 
systemets uppstart, eller om du manuellt kör) kommer ställa in 
mixerinställningarna till din sparade konfiguration.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:1001
msgid You may use upstream's \gomconfig\ script as root later to fine-tune 
the settings.
msgstr Du kan använda uppströmsskriptet \gomconfig\ som root senare för att 
finjustera inställningarna.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:3001
msgid Remove /etc/gom completely?
msgstr Ta bort hela /etc/gom?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:3001
msgid The /etc/gom directory seems to contain additional local customization 
files. Please choose whether you want to remove it entirely.
msgstr Katalogen /etc/gom verkar innehålla ytterligare lokala 
anpassningsfiler. Välj huruvida du fullständigt vill ta bort katalogen.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:4001
msgid Remove obsoleted /etc/rc.boot/gom?
msgstr Ta bort föråldrade /etc/rc.boot/gom?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../gom.templates:4001
msgid The /etc/rc.boot/gom file is obsoleted but might contain local 
customizations.
msgstr Filen /etc/rc.boot/gom är föråldrad men kan innehålla lokala 
anpassningar.



Bug#411231: mixmaster: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-02-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: mixmaster
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for mixmaster

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR [EMAIL PROTECTED], YEAR.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: mixmaster\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 07:41+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 10:57+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mixmaster.templates.in:1001
msgid Do you wish to update the reliability statistics now?
msgstr Vill du uppdatera tillförlitlighetsstatistiken nu?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../mixmaster.templates.in:1001
msgid If you choose this option, up to date reliability statistics and 
keyrings will be downloaded from the Internet once Mixmaster has been set up.  
Once this has happened this option will be disabled to prevent further updates 
when the package will be updated.
msgstr Om du väljer det här alternativet kommer uppdaterad 
tillförlitlighetsstatistik och nyckelringar att hämtas från Internet när 
Mixmaster har konfigurerats.  När det här har gjorts kommer det här 
alternativet att inaktiveras för att förhindra ytterligare uppdateringar när 
paketet uppdateras.



Bug#411230: twiki: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation update

2007-02-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: twiki
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translation for twiki

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
#
#Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
#documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
#this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
#
#Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
#/usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
#
#Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: twiki 20040902-3\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 20:22+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 10:54+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Top-level URL of the server TWiki runs under:
msgstr Topp-nivå-URLen för servern som TWiki kör på:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid For a normal install, this should be a URL for your web server's full 
name, which is used to construct urls on some pages.  The install will serve up 
the data by adding \twiki\ to the end of this setting; it is also needed for 
certain redirections.
msgstr För en normal installation bör detta vara en URL för din webbservers 
fullständiga namn som används för att konstruera URLer för vissa sidor.  
Installationen kommer att servera data genom att lägga till \twiki\ på slutet 
av denna inställning; den behövs också för vissa omdirigeringar.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid Email address of the webmaster for this TWiki:
msgstr E-postadress för webbmastern för denna TWiki:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid This email address gets mail for new user registration, and is listed on 
the \oops\ page when things go wrong.
msgstr Denna e-postadress tar emot e-post för nya användarregistreringar och 
är listad på \oops\-sidan när saker och ting går fel.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Install default wiki Topic Set on initial install?
msgstr Installera standarduppsättning av wikiämnen vid initial installation?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid TWiki includes a complete \starter kit\ which includes user 
registration pages, documentation, and tutorials.  Only decline if you're 
re-installing twiki after deleting the package and want to keep the old data, 
or if you've got a twiki data set from your own manual install. If 
data/Main/WebHome.txt is present, the starter kit will not be unpacked. The 
starter kit files can be found in /usr/share/twiki/twiki-data.tar.gz  (and 
twiki-pub.tar.gz), if you want to install it manually or compare your  topics 
with the new version.
msgstr TWiki inkluderar ett komplett \starter kit\ som inkluderar sidor för 
användarregistrering, dokumentation och handledningar.  Vägra endast om du 
installerar om twiki efter att paketet har tagits bort och du vill behålla 
gammalt data, eller om du har en uppsättning twiki-data från din egna manuella 
installation. Om data/Main/WebHome.txt finns kommer startkitet inte att packas 
upp. Startkitets filer kan hittas i /usr/share/twiki/twiki-data.tar.gz  (och 
twiki-pub.tar.gz), om du vill installera det manuellt eller jämföra dina ämnen 
med den nya versionen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Admin User Registration configuration required
msgstr Konfiguration av administrationsanvändaren krävs

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid After you have created yourself a user, edit the Main.TWikiAdminGroup to 
restrict Admin privileges to that user.
msgstr Efter att du har skapat en användare åt dig själv, redigera 
Main.TWikiAdminGroup för att begränsa Admin-behörigheten till den användaren.

#~ msgid http://localhost/;
#~ msgstr http://localhost/;
#~ msgid [EMAIL PROTECTED]
#~ msgstr [EMAIL PROTECTED]
#~ msgid 
#~ The default debian installation of the TWiki is configured to create new 
#~ users automatically when a user Registers. This is not as secure as the 
#~ default TWiki but is more useful for trying TWiki out. To change it so 
#~ the users are created manually by the administrator use TWiki RenameTopic 
#~ to rename the TWikiRegistration to TWikiRegistrationPub, and 
#~ TWikiRegistrationDefault to TWikiRegistration. IMPORTANT: After you have 
#~ created yourself a user, edit the Main.TWikiAdminGroup to restrict Admin

Bug#411289: xmcd: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation

2007-02-17 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: xmcd
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the Swedish debconf translation for xmcd

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR [EMAIL PROTECTED], YEAR.
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: xmcd\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-16 22:53+0100\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-17 21:31+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmcd.templates:1001
msgid Device name of the CD drive for xmcd to use:
msgstr Enhetsnamnet för cd-enheten som xmcd ska använda:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmcd.templates:1001
msgid In order to function properly, xmcd requires at least a device name of 
the CD drive which should be used for playback. Possible examples of the CD 
drive device names are /dev/cdrom (this is usually a symbolic link), /dev/sr0 
or /dev/scd0 (for SCSI or SCSI-emulated devices), /dev/hdc or /dev/hdd (for IDE 
devices). Based on the supplied value the default configuration files will be 
generated. You can always reconfigure and customize xmcd by running the 
/usr/sbin/xmcdconfig script later.
msgstr För att fungera korrekt kräver xmcd åtminstone ett enhetsnamn på 
cd-enheten som ska användas för uppspelning. Möjliga exempelnamn på cd-enheten 
är /dev/cdrom (det här är vanligtvis en symbolisk länk), /dev/sr0 eller 
/dev/scd0 (för SCSI eller SCSI-emulerade enheter), /dev/hdc eller /dev/hdd (för 
IDE-enheter). Baserat på det tillhandahållna värdet kommer 
standardkonfigurationsfiler att genereras. Du kan alltid konfigurera om och 
anpassa xmcd genom att köra skriptet /usr/sbin/xmcdconfig senare.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../xmcd.templates:1001
msgid See /usr/share/doc/xmcd/README.Debian for important information on how 
to properly enable access to CD drives and CD database for unprivileged users.
msgstr Se /usr/share/doc/xmcd/README.Debian för viktig information om hur man 
korrekt ger åtkomst till cd-enheter och cd-databasen för icke-privilegierade 
användare.



Bug#410631: atokx: [INTL:sv] Swedish debconf templates translation updated

2007-02-12 Thread Daniel Nylander
Package: atokx
Severity: wishlist
Tags: patch l10n


Here is the updated Swedish debconf translatio

Regards,
Daniel

-- System Information:
Debian Release: 4.0
  APT prefers unstable
  APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (500, 'stable')
Architecture: i386 (i686)
Shell:  /bin/sh linked to /bin/bash
Kernel: Linux 2.6.17.4
Locale: LANG=sv_SE, LC_CTYPE=sv_SE (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to 
sv_SE)
# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext
# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to
# this format, e.g. by running:
# info -n '(gettext)PO Files'
# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry'
# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at
# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans
# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans
# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files.
# , fuzzy
#
#
msgid 
msgstr 
Project-Id-Version: atokx 1.0-16\n
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: [EMAIL PROTECTED]
POT-Creation-Date: 2007-02-07 22:07+0900\n
PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-12 09:44+0100\n
Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
Language-Team: Swedish [EMAIL PROTECTED]\n
MIME-Version: 1.0\n
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid Cannot find the ATOKX archive file
msgstr Kan inte hitta ATOKX-arkivfilen

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:1001
msgid The file ${filename} does not exist, or it is corrupt. You may have put 
the wrong file, or put it in the wrong location. Please try again.
msgstr Filen ${filename} finns inte eller är skadad. Du kanske har fel fil 
eller lagt den på fel plats. Försök igen.

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid You need the patches
msgstr Du behöver programfixarna

#. Type: note
#. Description
#: ../templates:2001
msgid ATOKX for Linux includes some bugs, and the patches are downloadable. 
This package needs these patches.
msgstr ATOKX för Linux inkluderar några fel och programfixarna är 
hämtningsbara. Detta paket behöver dessa programfixar.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid Are you connecting to the Internet?
msgstr Är du ansluten till Internet?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:3001
msgid If you are connecting now, get patches from Justsystem site.
msgstr Om du är ansluten nu kan programfixarna hämtas från Justsystem.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Do you use shift + space for into kana-kanji input mode?
msgstr Använder du Skift + blankslag för inmatningsläget kana-kanji?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:4001
msgid Select key-bind to change input mode.
msgstr Välj tangentmappning för att ändra inmatningsläge.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Do you have ATOKX patch file?
msgstr Har du programfixar för ATOKX?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid Some bugs were found and the patches are downloadable.
msgstr Några fel hittades och det är möjligt att hämta programfixar för dessa.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid 
o atokx-1.0-1.i386.patch01.tgz\n
o iiimf-1-2.i386.patch02.tgz
msgstr 
o atokx-1.0-1.i386.patch01.tgz\n
o iiimf-1-2.i386.patch02.tgz

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:5001
msgid If you don't have these patches, this installer will download 
automatically.
msgstr Om du inte har dessa programfixar kan det här installationsprogrammet 
hämta dem åt dig.

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid Would you like to restart atokx daemons?
msgstr Vill du starta om ATOKX-demonerna?

#. Type: boolean
#. Description
#: ../templates:6001
msgid The atokx daemons will be restarted normally when upgrading. If you are 
using X window system, some X clients using htt(atokx) as XIM will hang up 
after restart.
msgstr ATOKX-demonerna kommer att normalt startas om efter uppgraderingen. Om 
du använder X Windows System, kan vissa X-klienter som använder htt(atokx) som 
XIM att behöva ansluta igen efter omstart.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid ATOKX archive location:
msgstr Plats för ATOKX-arkiv:

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid This package is an installer package, it does not actually contain 
ATOKX. You will need to get ATOKX commercial package.
msgstr Detta paket är bara ett installationspaket, det innehåller inte ATOKX. 
Du behöver hämta det kommersiella paketet för ATOKX.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid If you mounted ATOKX original CDROM, enter the directory you mount on.
msgstr Om du monterat original-cd-skivan för ATOKX, ange dess monteringspunkt.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid Or if you have following two files, enter the directory you put it in.
msgstr Eller om du har följande två filer, ange då katalogen där de finns.

#. Type: string
#. Description
#: ../templates:7001
msgid 
o atokx-1.0-1

  1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   >